Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (12,851)
  • HBZ  (470)
  • English  (12,194)
  • German  (934)
  • 2015-2019  (13,116)
  • 1965-1969  (4)
  • Electronic books  (13,120)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Paris : OECD
    Language: English
    Keywords: Panama Economic conditions ; Panama Economic policy ; Congresses ; Panama Social conditions ; Congresses ; Panama Economic policy ; Electronic books
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Language: English
    Series Statement: Oxford constitutional theory
    DDC: 342
    RVK:
    Keywords: Law Philosophy ; State, The ; Political science ; Constitutional law ; Constitutional law ; Political science ; State, The ; Constitutional law ; Political science ; State, The ; Electronic books
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118606 , 178811860X
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 475 Seiten)
    Edition: Third edition
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The handbook of globalisation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Globalisierung ; Internationale Wirtschaftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Sozialstandards ; Internationale Wirtschaftsorganisation ; Global Governance ; Welt ; International economic relations ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Globalisierung ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Governance ; Internationale Wirtschaftsorganisation ; Weltwirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: The handbook of globalisation: introduction and overview / Jonathan Michie -- Part I: Globalisation in Question? -- 1. The future of globalisation / Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson -- 2. Financial globalization?: history, conditions and prospects / Grahame Thompson -- 3. The scope and implications of globalisation / Jonathan Perraton -- 4. Measures of globalisation and their misinterpretation / Bob Sutcliffe and Andrew Glyn -- Part II: Analysing The global economy -- 5. Innovation and globalisation: a systems of innovation perspective / Jeremy Howells -- 6. The international debt crisis / Gary Dymski -- 7. The multiplicity of distributional outcomes across the world: diversities of fundamentals or countries getting the inequality they deserve? / José Gabriel Palma -- Part III: Transnational corporations -- 8. The role of transnational corporations in the globalisation process / Grazia Ietto-Gillies -- 9. The role and control of multinational corporations in the world economy / Gerald Epstein -- 10. Foreign direct investment and development from a gender perspective / Elissa Braunstein -- Part IV: Labour standards -- 11. The minimum wage in a global context / Peter Brosnan -- 12. Globalisation, labour standards and economic development / Ajit Singh and Ann Zammit -- 13. Global labor standards: their impact and implementation / James Heintz -- Part V: Europe and North America -- 14. Productivity and competition from a global point of view / Joseph Plasmans -- 15. European integration and the 'Euro project' / Philip Arestis and Malcolm Sawyer -- 16. North American free trade: history, structure and prospects / Jim Stanford -- 17. The low road to competitive failure: immigrant labour and emigrant jobs in the US / Charles Craypo and Frank Wilkinson -- Part VI: Governance -- 18. Governance in a globalised world / Richard Woodward -- 19. Global governance / Mathias Koenig-Archibugi -- 20. The political economy of the third way: the relationship between globalisation and national economic policy / Simon Lee -- Part VII: International economic institutions -- 21. The WTO and its GATS / Scott Sinclair -- 22. The international monetary fund and the World Bank / John Toye -- 23. A new 'Bretton woods' system? / Mića Panić -- Part VIII: Policy implications and responses -- 24. Kicking away the ladder - globalisation and economic development in historical perspective / Ha-Joon Chang -- 25. Time to replace globalisation with localisation / Colin Hines -- 26. Free trade or social tariffs? / George DeMartino -- 27. Global inequality and the global financial crisis: the new transmission mechanism / Photis Lysandrou -- 28. The great crash of 2008 and the reform of economics / Geoffrey M. Hodgson -- Index.
    Abstract: The past 30 years are often depicted as an era of globalisation, and even more so with the recent rise of global giants such as Google and Amazon. This updated and revised edition of The Handbook of Globalisation offers novel insights into the rapid changes our world is facing, and how best we can handle them. With multi-disciplinary contributions from leading experts, this Handbook covers a broad spectrum of issues and opportunities surrounding modern globalisation. It explores the idea that globalisation is not new, natural or inevitable, but rather that current global arrangements are the result of corporate pressure and the choices of politicians. It highlights the fact that the deregulated, free market form of globalisation is not unavoidable and explores a new era of global co-operation based around a Green New Deal. It also considers the future of globalisation in the face of the Trump presidency, Brexit and the move towards more state-centred policies. This Handbook continues to be a vital resource for scholars, students and researchers of economics, international relations, and business and management who wish to gain a more in-depth understanding of globalisation from a variety of different disciplines. Politicians and policy makers will also benefit from the advice offered to avoid some of the increasingly negative impacts of our globalising world
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9781786437396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 360
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of structural change
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Strukturwandel ; Theorie des Strukturwandels ; Economic development ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strukturwandel ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Mathematische Modellierung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Piyabha Kongsamut, Sergio Rebelo and Danyang Xie (2001), 'Beyond Balanced Growth', Review of Economic Studies, 68 (4), October, 869-82 -- 2. Reto Foellmi and Josef Zweimüller (2008), 'Structural Change, Engle's Consumption Cycles and Kaldor's Facts of Economic Growth', Journal of Monetary Economics, 55 (7), December, 1317-28 -- 3. Timo Boppart (2014), 'Structural Change and the Kaldor Facts in a Growth Model with Relative Price Effects and Non-Gorman Preferences', Econometrica, 82 (6), November, 2167-96 -- 4. L. Rachel Ngai and Christopher A. Pissarides (2007),'Structural Change in a Multisector Model of Growth', American Economic Review, 97 (1), March, 429-43 -- 5. Daron Acemoglu and Veronica Guerrieri (2008),'Capital Deepening and Nonbalanced Economic Growth', Journal of Political Economy, 116 (3), June, 467-98 -- 6. Kiminori Matsuyama (2009),'Structural Change in an Interdependent World: A Global View of Manufacturing Decline', Journal of European Economic Association, 7 (2-3), May, 478-86 -- 7. Berthold Herrendorf, Richard Rogerson and Akos Valentinyi (2013), 'Two Perspectives on Preferences and Structural Transformation', American Economic Review, 103 (7), December, 2752-89 -- 8. Berthold Herrendorf, Christopher Herrington and Ákos Valentinyi (2015),'Sectoral Technology and Structural Transformation', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 7 (4), October, 104-33 -- 9. Francisco J. Buera and Joseph P. Kaboski (2009),'Can Traditional Theories of Structural Change Fit the Data?', Journal of The European Economic Association, 7 (2-3), April, 469-77 -- 10. Benjamin N. Dennis and Talan B. Işcan (2009), 'Engel Versus Baumol: Accounting for Structural Change using Two Centuries of U.S. Data', Explorations in Economics History, 46 (2), April, 186-202 -- 11. Francisco Alvarez-Cuadrado and Markus Poschke (2011), 'Structural Change out of Agriculture: Labor Push Versus Labor Pull', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 3 (3), July, 127-58 -- 12. Robert Dekle and Guillaume Vandenbroucke (2012), 'A Quantitative Analysis of China's Structural Transformation', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 36 (1), January, 119-35 -- 13. Dale W. Jorgenson and Marcel P. Timmer (2011), 'Structural Change in Advanced Nations: A New Set of Stylised Facts', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 113 (1), March, 1-29 -- 14. Francisco J. Buera and Joseph P. Kaboski (2012), 'Scale and the Origins of Structural Change', Journal of Economic Theory, 147 (2), March, 684-712 -- 15. Francisco J. Buera and Joseph P. Kaboski (2012), 'The Rise of the Service Economy', American Economic Review, 102 (6), October, 2540-69 -- 16. Timothy Uy, Kei-Mu Yi and Jing Zhang (2013), 'Structural Change in an Open Economy', Journal of Monetary Economics, 60 (6), September, 667-82 -- 17. Caroline Betts, Rahul Giri and Rubina Verma (2017), 'Trade, Reform, and Structural Transformation in South Korea', IMF Economic Review, 65 (4), November, 745-91 -- 18. Marc Teignier (2018), 'The Role of Trade in Structural Transformation', Journal of Developmental Economics, 130, January, 45-65 -- 19. Tomasz Święcki (2017), 'Determinants of Structural Change', Review of Economic Dynamics, 24, March, 95-131
    Abstract: 20. Timothy J. Kehoe, Kim J. Ruhl and Joseph B. Steinberg (2018), 'Global Imbalances and Structural Change in the United States', Journal of Political Economy, 126 (2), April, 761-96 -- 21. Diego Restuccia, Dennis Tao Yang and Xiadong Zhu (2008), 'Agriculture and Aggregate Productivity: A Quantitative Cross-Country Analysis', Journal of Monetary Economics, 55 (2), March, 234-50 -- 22. David Lagakos and Michael E. Waugh (2013), 'Selection, Agriculture, and Cross-Country Productivity Differences', American Economic Review, 103 (2), April, 948-80 -- 23. Douglas Gollin, Stephen L. Parente, and Richard Rogerson (2007), 'The Food Problem and the Evolution of International Income Levels', Journal of Monetary Economics, 54 (4), May, 1230-55 -- 24. Margarida Duarte and Diego Restuccia (2010), 'The Role of the Structural Transformation in Aggregate Productivity', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (1), February, 129-73 -- 25. Cristina Echevarria (1997), 'Changes in Sectoral Composition Associated with Economic Growth, International Economic Review, 38 (2), May, 431-52 -- 26. John Laitner (2000),'Structural Change and Economic Growth', Review of Economic Studies, 67 (3), May, 545-61 -- 27. Yongsung Chang and Andreas Hornstein (2015) 'Transition Dynamics in the Neoclassical Growth Model: The Case of South Korea', BE Journal of Macroeconomics, 15 (2), July, 649-76 -- 28. Tasso Adamopoulos (2011), 'Transportation Cost, Agricultural Productivity, and Cross-country Income Differences', International Economic Review, 52 (2), May, 489-521 -- 29. Berthold Herrendorf, James A. Schmitz and Arilton Teixeira (2012), 'The Role of Transportation in the U.S. Economic Development: 1840-1860', International Economic Review, 53 (3), August, 693-715 -- 30. Francesco Caselli and Wilbur John Coleman II (2001), 'The U.S. Structural Transformation and Regional Convergence: A Reinterpretation', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (3), June, 584-616 -- 31. Guy Michaels, Ferdinand Rauch and Stephen J. Redding (2012), 'Urbanization and Structural Transformation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (2), May, 535-86 -- 32. Klaus Desmet and Esteban Rossi-Hansberg (2014), 'Spatial Development', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1211-43
    Abstract: This informative research review discusses the most prominent papers within the economics of structural change and growth. This piece focuses on research that investigates the causes and consequences of structural change with either theoretical or calibrated models, mindfully referring to some of the most celebrated literature over the last two decades. The research review analyses literature covering the impact structural change has on an array of economic factors including convergence, per capita income and spatial development. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editors, this collection would be well suited to scholars and macro-development economists wishing to extend their knowledge of this compelling topic
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786439116 , 1786439115
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 361
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sustainability economics
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Theorie ; Messung ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Theorie ; Messung ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Environmental economics ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Kenneth E. Boulding (1966), 'The Economics of the Coming Spaceship Earth', in Henry Jarrett (ed.), Environmental Quality In a Growing Economy, Chapter One, Baltimore, MD, USA and London, UK: Johns Hopkins Press, 3-14 -- 2. Herman E. Daly (1974), 'The Economics of the Steady State', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 64 (2), May, 15-21 -- 3. David Pearce (1976), 'The Limits of Cost-Benefit Analysis as a Guide to Environmental Policy', Kyklos, 29 (1), January, 97-111 -- 4. Gro Harlem Brundtland (1985), 'World Commission on Environment and Development - Statements of the Chairman', Environmental Policy and Law, 14 (1), March, 26-30 -- 5. Mick Common and Charles Perrings (1992), 'Towards an Ecological Economics of Sustainability', Ecological Economics, 6 (1), July, 7-34 -- 6. Robert U. Ayres (2008), 'Sustainability Economics: Where Do We Stand?', Ecological Economics, 67 (2), September, 281-310 -- 7. Partha Dasgupta and Geoffrey Heal (1974), 'The Optimal Depletion of Exhaustible Resources', Review of Economic Studies: Symposium on the Economics of Exhaustible Resources, 41 (5), December, 3-28 -- 8. R. M. Solow (1974), 'Intergenerational Equity and Exhaustible Resources', Review of Economic Studies: Symposium on the Economics of Exhaustible Resources, 41 (5), December, 29-45 -- 9. John M. Hartwick (1977), 'Intergenerational Equity and the Investing of Rents from Exhaustible Resources', American Economic Review, 67 (5), December, 972-74 -- 10. Robert M. Solow (1986), 'On the Intergenerational Allocation of Natural Resources', Scandinavian Journal of Economics: Growth and Distribution: Intergenerational Problems, 88 (1), March, 141-49 -- 11. John Pezzey (1992), 'Sustainability: An Interdisciplinary Guide', Environmental Values, 1 (4), Winter, 321-62 -- 12. Partha Dasgupta and Karl-Göran Mäler (2000), 'Net National Product, Wealth, and Social Well-Being', Environment and Development Economics, 5 (1), February, 69-93 -- 13. Kirk Hamilton and John M. Hartwick (2005), 'Investing Exhaustible Resource Rents and the Path of Consumption', Canadian Journal of Economics, 38 (2), May, 615-21 -- 14. Kirk Hamilton and Cees Withagen (2007), 'Savings Growth and the Path of Utility', Canadian Journal of Economics, 40 (2), May, 703-13 -- 15. Martin L. Weitzman (1976), 'On the Welfare Significance of National Product in a Dynamic Economy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 156-62 -- 16. John M. Hartwick (1990), 'Natural Resources, National Accounting and Economic Depreciation', Journal of Public Economics, 43 (3), December, 291-304 -- 17. David W. Pearce and Giles D. Atkinson (1993), 'Capital Theory and the Measurement of Sustainable Development: An Indicator of "Weak" Sustainability', Ecological Economics, 8 (2), October, 103-8 -- 18. Kirk Hamilton and Michael Clemens (1999), 'Genuine Savings Rates in Developing Countries', World Bank Economic Review, 13 (2), May, 333-56 -- 19. Kenneth J. Arrow, Partha Dasgupta, Lawrence H. Goulder, Kevin J. Mumford and Kirsten Oleson (2012), 'Sustainability and the Measurement of Wealth', Environment and Development Economics, 17 (3), June, 317-53
    Abstract: 20. Elena G. Irwin, Sathya Gopalakrishnan and Alan Randall (2016), 'Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability', Annual Review of Resource Economics, 8, October, 77-98 -- 21. Brian Walker, Leonie Pearson, Michael Harris, Karl-Göran Mäler, Chuan-Zhong Li, Reinette Biggs and Tim Baynes (2010), 'Incorporating Resilience in the Assessment of Inclusive Wealth: An Example from South East Australia', Environmental and Resource Economics, 45 (2), February, 183-202 -- 22. James Boyd and Spencer Banzhaf (2007), 'What Are Ecosystem Services? The Need for Standardized Environmental Accounting Units', Ecological Economics, 63 (2-3), August, 616-26 -- 23. Ian J. Bateman, Georgina M. Mace, Carlo Fezzi, Giles Atkinson and Kerry Turner (2011), 'Economic Analysis for Ecosystem Service Assessments', Environmental and Resource Economics, 48 (2), February, 177-218 -- 24. Brendan Fisher, R. Kerry Turner and Paul Morling (2009), 'Defining and Classifying Ecosystem Services for Decision Making', Ecological Economics, 68 (3), January, 643-53 -- 25. Eli P. Fenichel and Joshua K. Abbott (2014), 'Natural Capital: From Metaphor to Measurement', Journal of the Association of Environmental and Resource Economists, 1 (1-2), Spring-Summer, 1-27 -- 26. Mathis Wackernagel, Larry Onisto, Patricia Bello, Alejandro Callejas Linares, Ina Susana López Falfán, Jesus Méndez García, Ana Isabel Suárez Guerrero and Ma. Guadalupe Suárez Guerrero (1999), 'National Natural Capital Accounting with the Ecological Footprint Concept', Ecological Economics, 29 (3), June, 375-90 -- 27. E. B. Barbier, A. Markandya and D. W. Pearce (1990), 'Environmental Sustainability and Cost-Benefit Analysis', Environment and Planning A, 22 (9), September, 1259-66 -- 28. Giles Atkinson and Susana Mourato (2008), 'Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis', Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 33, November, 317-44 -- 29. Richard T. Carson (2012), 'Contingent Valuation: A Practical Alternative when Prices Aren't Available', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (4), Fall, 27-42 -- 30. Anil Markandya and David W. Pearce (1991), 'Development, the Environment, and the Social Rate of Discount', World Bank Research Observer, 6 (2), July, 137-52 -- 31. Partha Dasgupta (2008), 'Discounting Climate Change', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 37 (2-3), December, 141-69 -- 32. Nicholas Stern (2014), 'Ethics, Equity and the Economics of Climate Change - Paper 2: Economics and Politics', Economics and Philosophy, 30 (3), November, 445-501 -- 33. Robert S. Pindyck (2007), 'Uncertainty in Environmental Economics', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 1 (1), Winter, 45-65 -- 34. Martin L. Weitzman (2009), 'On Modeling and Interpreting the Economics of Catastrophic Climate Change', Review of Economics and Statistics, XCI (1), February, 1-19 -- 35. Geoffrey Heal and Antony Millner (2014), 'Reflections: Uncertainty and Decision Making in Climate Change Economics', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 8 (1), Winter, 120-37 -- 36. John Luke Gallup, Jeffrey D. Sachs and Andrew D. Mellinger (1999), 'Geography and Economic Development', International Regional Science Review, 22 (2), August, 179-223, 225-232 -- 37. Melissa Dell, Benjamin F. Jones and Benjamin A. Olken (2012), 'Temperature Shocks and Economic Growth: Evidence from the Last Half Century', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 4 (3), July, 66-95 -- 38. Jeffrey D. Sachs and Andrew M. Warner (2001), 'The Curse of Natural Resources', European Economic Review, 45 (4-6), May, 827-38
    Abstract: 39. Christa N. Brunnschweiler and Erwin H. Bulte (2008), 'The Resource Curse Revisited and Revised: A Tale of Paradoxes and Red Herrings', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 55 (3), May, 248-64 -- 40. David I. Stern (2004), 'The Rise and Fall of the Environmental Kuznets Curve', World Development, 32 (8), August, 1419-39 -- 41. Joan Martínez-Alier, Unai Pascual, Franck-Dominique Vivien and Edwin Zaccai (2010), 'Sustainable De-Growth: Mapping the Context, Criticisms and Future Prospects of an Emergent Paradigm', Ecological Economics, 69 (9), July, 1741-47 -- 42. Alex Bowen and Samuel Fankhauser (2011), 'The Green Growth Narrative: Paradigm Shift or Just Spin?', Global Environmental Change, 21 (4), October, 1157-59 -- 43. Michael E. Porter and Claas van der Linde (1995), 'Toward a New Conception of the Environment-Competitiveness Relationship', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 9 (4), Fall, 97-118
    Abstract: The unprecedented advances in economic development witnessed over the past decades cannot continue if economic progress comes at the expense of the natural environment. The Sustainable Development Goals, agreed globally in 2015, define a vision of human development where economic, social and environmental domains interact to shape the prospects for future prosperity. This timely literature review highlights the contribution of economics to the study of sustainable development. It discusses some of the most influential articles on the topic by economists over the past fifty years. Environmental sustainability, an inherently interdisciplinary topic, is analysed from the perspectives of applied microeconomics, environmental and resource economics, ecological economics, development economics and public economics. Written by two subject experts, this research review is indispensable for anyone interested or working in the field
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789908428
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 149 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Nooteboom, Bart, 1941 - Uprooting economics
    DDC: 330.1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Wirtschaftspsychologie ; Wirtschaftssoziologie ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie ; Economics ; Capitalism ; Economics Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1: Crisis of capitalism -- 2: Economics -- 3: Markets -- 4: Industries -- 5: A new economics -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Much-needed in the face of present political upheavals, including the rise of populism and re-emergence of nationalism and authoritarian regimes, this book is radical in both its critique and proposals for a new economics. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, Bart Nooteboom offers insights from economics, sociology, cognitive science, social psychology and philosophy. Exploring ways in which economics is developing, the book investigates how new economics has moved away from considering individuals as autonomous and instead studies their involvement and interactions with each other. The book discusses a new relational economics: less contractual, hierarchical and controlled, and more based on trust and mutual adjustment. Nooteboom proposes a shift from utility ethics to the virtue ethics of prudence, courage, moderation and justice. A provocative read for economics students, this work is especially pertinent to those interested in rethinking the subject and expanding upon heterodox theories. It will also prove a useful read to critical economists and sociologists looking to better understand a way forward in our current economic climate"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788113700
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 228 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als How to get published in the best marketing journals
    DDC: 658.8005
    Keywords: Wissenschaftliche Publikation ; Marketing journal ; Publication process ; Scholarly publishing ; Marketing research ; Publishers and publishing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: List of figures and tables -- Biographies of editors and contributors -- Preface -- Acknowledgements -- Section i The publication process -- Introduction to section i -- 1 The contribution continuum revisited / Daniel M. Ladik and David W. Stewart -- 4: 2 John O. Summers (2001), 'Guidelines for conducting research and publishing in marketing: From conceptualization through the review process', journal of the academy of marketing science , 29 -- (4), Fall, 405-15 17 3 Publishing ethics: managing for success / O.C. Ferrell and Linda Ferrell -- 2:8 section ii Tailoring your work to your audience -- Introduction to section ii 46 4 on the positioning of research papers in the marketing discipline / Gary L. Frazier -- 47 5 how to publish consumer research based on experiments in the top marketing journals / Cornelia 'Connie' Pechmann -- 5:3 6 John H. Roberts, Ujwal Kayande and Stefan Stremersch (2014), 'From academic research to marketing practice: Exploring the marketing science value chain', international journal of research in marketing , 31 -- (2), June, 127-40 70 7 Deborah J. Macinnis (2011), 'A framework for conceptual contributions in marketing', Journal of marketing , 75 -- (4), July, 136-54 84 8 publishing marketing strategy papers in scholarly journals v. Kumar -- 10:3 9 so, you want to write policy-relevant articles? / Ronald Paul Hill -- 12:6 10 Publishing in international marketing: challenges, opportunities, and guideposts / Constantine S. Katsikeas -- 13:8 11 sample design for research in marketing vikas mittal -- 15:7 Section iii Reviews and the revision process -- Introduction to section iii 175 12 Donald R. Lehmann and Russell S. Winer (2017), 'The role and impact of reviewers on the marketing discipline', Journal of the academy of marketing science , 45 -- (5), September, 587-92 177 13 How papers get better before they get published / Ruth N. Bolton -- 18:3 14 The service-dominant logic journey: from conceptualization to publication / Stephen L. Vargo -- Section iv Final thoughts Introduction to section iv 15 / David W. Stewart (2008), 'Academic publishing in marketing: best and worst practices', European business review, special issue: Academic journals and academic publishing , 20 -- (5), 421-33 199 16 Responding to reviewers: Lessons from 17 years of editor experience at Duke University / Christine Moorman, James R. Bettman, Joel D. Huber, Mary Frances Luce and Richard Staelin -- 21:2 Index.
    Abstract: "This essential guide, edited by experienced journal editors, is the definitive sourcebook for prospective authors who are seeking direction and advice about developing academic papers in marketing that will have a high probability of publication in the best journals in the discipline. It brings together a wealth of contributors, all of whom are experienced researchers and have been published in the leading marketing journals. More than a dozen and a half current and former editors of marketing journals contributed to this volume, contributing words of wisdom and sage advice for the beginning scholar and experienced writer alike. The book covers such topics as ideation, positioning of papers, review of the literature, discussion of methods, presentation of results, development of theoretical and practical implications and responding to reviewers. Both empirical and conceptual papers are addressed. Individual chapters focus on papers with a behavioral focus, a marketing science focus, a strategy focus, and a public policy focus. This book is an indispensable guide for doctoral students, faculty teaching doctoral courses, individuals early in their career in marketing and scholars who wish to place their work in those journals which have a significant impact on the marketing discipline"--
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781788110976
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 234 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Müller, Ralf, 1957 - Organizational project management
    DDC: 658.406
    Keywords: Organisatorischer Wandel ; Projektmanagement ; Organizational change ; Project management ; Industrial organization ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to organizational project management -- Part I: The OPM model -- 2. Organizational philosophy -- 3. OPM approach -- 4. OPM governance -- 5. Business integration -- 6. Organizational integration -- 7. Project governance -- 8. Project management -- Part II: Theories and the OPM model -- 9. Resource-based theory and OPM -- 10. Institutional theory and OPM -- 11. A theory of the OPM model -- Part III: Applications of the OPM model -- 12. Case study: OPM and the management of megaprojects -- 13. Case study: OPM in an organization for public good -- 14. OPM assessment -- 15. Designing OPM systems -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This concise text introduces an integrated view of all project management-related activities in an organization, called Organizational Project Management (OPM). Practical cases from several organizations, as well as popular theories such as the Resource-Based Theory and Institutional Theory provide for an insightful yet realistic understanding of OPM as an integrative tool for organizations to improve their efficiency and effectiveness. The reader will learn how separate organizational functions, such as project, program and portfolio management and governance integrate in a cohesive manner. The authors describe how different approaches to competing in the marketplace link to strategies, and the ways of selecting the 'best' business opportunities for organizations and integrating them into existing workflows and structures. They develop and describe a model that shows how OPM works within organizations. The book is a valuable resource for top managers, reflective practitioners, academics, and postgraduate students in organization theory"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9783839448328
    Language: German
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (314 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edition Politik Band 80
    Series Statement: Knowledge Unlatched
    Series Statement: transcript OPEN library Politikwissenschaft
    Series Statement: Edition Politik
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Schwiertz, Helge Migration und radikale Demokratie
    Dissertation note: Dissertation Universität Osnabrück 2019
    DDC: 322.40835
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Politische Beteiligung ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Electronic books ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Electronic books ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Deutschland ; USA ; Jugend ; Einwanderer ; Politische Beteiligung ; Politischer Protest
    URL: Cover  (Thumbnail cover image)
    URL: Cover
    URL: OAPEN
    URL: Image
    URL: Image
    URL: Cover  (Thumbnail cover image)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Paris : OECD
    ISBN: 9789264900677
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (57 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Multi-Dimensional Review of Panama Volume 3
    Series Statement: OECD Development Pathways
    Series Statement: Multi-dimensional review of Panama
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Multi-dimensional review of Panama ; Volume 3: From analysis to action
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Multi-dimensional review of Panama ; volume 3: From analysis to action
    Keywords: Panama Economic conditions ; Panama Economic policy ; Congresses ; Panama Social conditions ; Congresses ; Panama Economic policy ; Electronic books ; Education ; Governance ; Urban, Rural and Regional Development ; Taxation ; Development ; Panama
    Abstract: This MDCR is designed to help Panama formulate development strategies, and identify and support the policy reforms needed to achieve further sustainable and inclusive development. This review comes at a time when Panama is achieving high economic growth but further policy action is needed to expand socio-economic benefits across all economic sectors, regions and households.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Honolulu : University of Hawai'i Press
    ISBN: 9780824879570 , 9780824887636 , 0824887638
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Food in Asia and the Pacific
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 394.1/2095
    Keywords: Geschichte ; Diet ; Food habits ; Food consumption Moral and ethical aspects ; Moral ; Ernährungsgewohnheit ; Asien ; Konferenzschrift Hong Kong Institute for the Humanities and Social Sciences 2014 ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift Hong Kong Institute for the Humanities and Social Sciences 2014 ; Konferenzschrift Hong Kong Institute for the Humanities and Social Sciences 2014 ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Asien ; Ernährungsgewohnheit ; Moral ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Moral Foods: The Construction of Nutrition and Health in Modern Asia' investigates how foods came to be established as moral entities, how moral food regimes reveal emerging systems of knowledge and enforcement, and how these developments have contributed to new Asian nutritional knowledge regimes. The collection's focus on cross-cultural and transhistorical comparisons across Asia brings into view a broad spectrum of modern Asia that extends from East Asia, Southeast Asia, to South Asia, as well as into global communities of Western knowledge, practice, and power outside Asia.0The first section, "Good Foods," focuses on how food norms and rules have been established in modern Asia. Ideas about good foods and good bodies shift at different moments, in some cases privileging local foods and knowledge systems, and in other cases privileging foreign foods and knowledge systems. The second section, "Bad Foods," focuses on what makes foods bad and even dangerous. Bad foods are not simply unpleasant or undesirable for aesthetic or sensory reasons, but they can hinder the stability and development of persons and societies. Bad foods are symbolically polluting, as in the case of foreign foods that threaten not only traditional foods, but also the stability and strength of the nation and its people. The third section, "Moral Foods," focuses on how themes of good versus bad are embedded in projects to make modern persons, subjects, and states, with specific attention to the ambiguities and malleability of foods and health. The malleability of moral foods provides unique opportunities for understanding Asian societies' dynamic position within larger global flows, connections, and disconnections
    Note: "The idea for this volume emerged from an international conference held in December 2014 at the Hong Kong Institute for the Humanities and Social Sciences ..." - Acknowledgments , Includes bibliographical references and index , Erscheint als Open Access bei De Gruyter
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover  (Thumbnail cover image)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover  (Thumbnail cover image)
    URL: Cover  (Thumbnail cover image)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9780857939036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 248 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lewis, Mervyn, 1941 - Religion and finance
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzsystem ; Religion ; Judentum ; Christentum ; Islam ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS Finance ; General ; RELIGION Religion, Politics & State ; Religion & politics ; Finance ; Judaism Philosophy ; Christianity Philosophy ; Islam Philosophy ; Abrahamic religions ; Electronic books ; Christentum ; Islam ; Judentum ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Kreditwesen
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Defining the issues in religion and finance -- 2. The three Abrahamic religions -- 3. Attitudes of Judaism, Christianity and Islam to usury -- 4. Social policy in the Abrahamic religions -- 5. Economic framework of the Abrahamic religions -- 6. What the Abrahamic religions say about contemporary financial practices -- 7. Partnership based equity instruments -- 8. Sale based debt instruments -- 9. The future of interest-free financing -- 10. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Judaism, Christianity and Islam all impose obligations and constraints upon the rightful use of wealth and earthly resources. All three of these religions have well-researched views on the acceptability of practices such as usury but the principles and practices of other, non-interest, financial instruments are less well known. This book examines each of these three major world faiths, considering their teachings, social precepts and economic frameworks, which are set out as a guide for the financial dealings and economic behaviour of their adherents. Religion and Finance explores the histories, denominational compositions and fundamental beliefs of each of the three religions and examines a host of key issues surrounding their relationship to finance. Consideration is given to the development of generally disfavoured practices such as usury, and the various instruments of sales-based debt, partnerships and equity-based financial practices allowed by these religions are examined, alongside a discussion of their socio-economic teachings and traditions. This well-written, well-constructed analysis of the financial thought of Judaism, Christianity and Islam, with its insightful analysis of key financial instruments and economic practices, will be an invaluable book for anyone who is interested in, or studying, the three major Abrahamic religions and their financial practices and philosophies
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 182 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar Research Agendas
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for cultural economics
    Keywords: Kulturökonomik ; Kultursektor ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS Economics ; Theory ; Economic theory & philosophy ; POLITICAL SCIENCE Public Policy ; Cultural Policy ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS Economics ; General ; REFERENCE Research ; Cultural studies ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kunstökonomie
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Why do we need a cultural economics? History and development of the field / Samuel Cameron -- 2. Contemporary challenges to cultural economics / Samuel Cameron -- 3. Individual choice behaviour / Samuel Cameron -- 4. Flexible digital supply behaviour / Christian Peukert -- 5. Pricing / Hendrik Sonnabend -- 6. Government policy / Jen Snowball -- 7. Global trade in cultural tourism services / Marta Zieba -- 8. What is the agenda for cultural economics? / Samuel Cameron -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Providing a critical overview of cultural economics, this Research Agenda explores the current state of affairs in the field, suggesting methods of improvement for the coherency and progressiveness of future research. Situating work in this area in its historical context, Samuel Cameron draws together a range of international contributors to explore the development of cultural economics. Undertaking a thorough examination of matters of data quality, statistical methodology and the challenge of new developments in technology, chapters examine the different approaches to cultural economics. The book explores the myriad ways in which the topic has been neglected by mainstream economics, and examines reasons why it needs to be considered, evaluated and explored in more detail in our modern world. Current researchers in cultural economics, as well as cultural policies and leisure studies will find this book an invaluable read in exploring different ways to integrate cultural economics into mainstream studies. This Research Agenda will also be an invaluable aid for advanced students to create discussions suitable for essay topics and dissertations
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114400 , 178811440X
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 356
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dumping and antidumping trade protection
    DDC: 382.63
    Keywords: Dumping ; Antidumping ; Protektionismus ; Außenwirtschaftsrecht ; Außenwirtschaftspolitik ; Dumping (International trade) ; Trade regulation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. James Brander and Paul Krugman (1983), 'A "Reciprocal Dumping" Model of International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 15 (3-4), November, 313-21 -- 2. Wilfred J. Ethier (1982), 'Dumping', Journal of Political Economy, 90 (3), June, 487-506 -- 3. Robert W. Staiger and Frank A. Wolak (1992), 'The Effect of Domestic Antidumping Law in the Presence of Foreign Monopoly', Journal of International Economics, 32 (3-4), May, 265-87 -- 4. Kyle Bagwell and Robert W. Staiger (1990), 'A Theory of Managed Trade', American Economic Review, 80 (4), September, 779-95 -- 5. Richard H. Clarida (1993), 'Entry, Dumping, and Shakeout', American Economic Review, 83 (1), March, 180-202 -- 6. James E. Anderson (1992), 'Domino Dumping, I: Competitive Exporters', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 65-83 -- 7. Thomas J. Prusa (1997), 'The Trade Effects of U.S. Antidumping Actions', in Robert C. Feenstra (ed.), The Effects of U.S. Trade Protection and Promotion Policies, Chapter 7, Chicago, IL, USA and London, UK: University of Chicago Press and Cambridge, MA, USA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 191-213 -- 8. Chad P. Bown and Meredith A. Crowley (2007), 'Trade Deflection and Trade Depression', Journal of International Economics, 72 (1), May, 176-201 -- 9. Kathy Baylis and Jeffrey M. Perloff (2010), 'Trade Diversion from Tomato Suspension Agreements', Canadian Journal of Economics, 43 (1), February, 127-51 -- 10. Tibor Besedeš and Thomas J. Prusa (2017), 'The Hazardous Effects of Antidumping', Economic Inquiry, 55 (1), January, 9-30 -- 11. Robert W. Staiger and Frank A. Wolak (1994), 'Measuring Industry-Specific Protection: Antidumping in the United States', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity: Microeconomics, 51-103, references -- 12. Corinne M. Krupp and Patricia S. Pollard (1996), 'Market Responses to Antidumping Laws: Some Evidence from the U.S. Chemical Industry', Canadian Journal of Economics, XXIX (1), February, 199-227 -- 13. J. M. Finger, H. Keith Hall and Douglas R. Nelson (1982), 'The Political Economy of Administered Protection', American Economic Review, 72 (3), June, 452-66 -- 14. Chad P. Bown and Meredith A. Crowley (2013), 'Self-Enforcing Trade Agreements: Evidence from Time-Varying Trade Policy', American Economic Review, 103 (2), April, 1071-90 -- 15. Bruce A. Blonigen and Chad P. Bown (2003), 'Antidumping and Retaliation Threats', Journal of International Economics, 60 (2), August, 249-73 -- 16. Alberto Martin and Wouter Vergote (2008), 'On the Role of Retaliation in Trade Agreements', Journal of International Economics, 76 (1), September, 61-77 -- 17. Michael O. Moore and Maurizio Zanardi (2009), 'Does Antidumping Use Contribute to Trade Liberalization in Developing Countries?', Canadian Journal of Economics, 42 (2), May, 469-95 -- 18. Michael M. Knetter and Thomas J. Prusa (2003), 'Macroeconomic Factors and Antidumping Filings: Evidence from Four Countries', Journal of International Economics, 61 (1), October, 1-17 -- 19. Bruce A. Blonigen and Stephen E. Haynes (2002), 'Antidumping Investigations and the Pass-Through of Antidumping Duties and Exchange Rates', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 1044-61
    Abstract: 20. Chad P. Bown and Meredith A. Crowley (2013), 'Import Protection, Business Cycles, and Exchange Rates: Evidence from the Great Recession', Journal of International Economics, 90 (1), May, 50-64 -- 21. Bruce A. Blonigen and Jee-Hyeong Park (2004), 'Dynamic Pricing in the Presence of Antidumping Policy: Theory and Evidence', American Economic Review, 94 (1), March, 134-54 -- 22. Justin R. Pierce (2011), 'Plant-Level Responses to Antidumping Duties: Evidence from U.S. Manufacturers', Journal of International Economics, 85 (2), November, 222-33 -- 23. Yi Lu, Zhigang Tao and Yan Zhang (2013), 'How Do Exporters Respond to Antidumping Investigations?', Journal of International Economics, 91 (2), November, 290-300 -- 24. Irene Brambilla, Guido Porto and Alessandro Tarozzi (2012), 'Adjusting to Trade Policy: Evidence from U.S. Antidumping Duties on Vietnamese Catfish', Review of Economics and Statistics, 94 (1), February, 304-19 -- 25. Bruce A. Blonigen (2002), 'Tariff-Jumping Antidumping Duties', Journal of International Economics, 57 (1), June, 31-49 -- 26. Jozef Konings and Hylke Vandenbussche (2008), 'Heterogeneous Responses of Firms to Trade Protection', Journal of International Economics, 76 (2), December, 371-83 -- 27. Maya Cohen-Meidan (2013), 'The Heterogeneous Effects of Trade Protection: A Study of US Antidumping Duties on Portland Cement', Review of Industrial Organization, Special Issue: Antidumping and Industrial Organization, 42 (4), June, 369-94 -- 28. Wendy L. Hansen and Thomas J. Prusa (1996), 'Cumulation and ITC Decision-Making: The Sum of the Parts is Greater than the Whole', Economic Inquiry, XXXIV (4), October, 746-69 -- 29. Bruce A. Blonigen (2006), 'Evolving Discretionary Practices of U.S. Antidumping Activity', Canadian Journal of Economics, 39 (3), August, 874-900 -- 30. Chad P. Bown and Thomas J. Prusa (2011), 'U.S. Anti-dumping: Much Ado about Zeroing', in Will Martin and Aaditya Mattoo (eds), Unfinished Business? The WTO's Doha Agenda, Chapter 14, London, UK: Centre for Economic Policy Research and Washington, DC, USA: International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/The World Bank, 355-92 -- 31. Benjamin H. Liebman and Kara M. Reynolds (2006), 'The Returns from Rent-Seeking: Campaign Contributions, Firm Subsidies and the Byrd Amendment', Canadian Journal of Economics, 39 (4), November, 1345-69 -- 32. Thomas J. Prusa (2001), 'On the Spread and Impact of Anti-dumping', Canadian Journal of Economics, 34 (3), August, 591-611 -- 33. Chad P. Bown (2011), 'Taking Stock of Antidumping, Safeguards and Countervailing Duties, 1990-2009', World Economy, Special Issue: Global Trade Policy 2011, 34 (12), December, 1955-98 -- 34. Chad P. Bown and Patricia Tovar (2011), 'Trade Liberalization, Antidumping, and Safeguards: Evidence from India's Tariff Reform', Journal of Development Economics, 96 (1), September, 115-25 -- 35. Hylke Vandenbussche and Maurizio Zanardi (2010), 'The Chilling Trade Effects of Antidumping Proliferation', European Economic Review, 54 (6), August, 760-77 -- 36. Peter Egger and Douglas Nelson (2011), 'How Bad is Antidumping? Evidence from Panel Data', Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (4), November, 1374-90
    Abstract: Antidumping trade protection is one of the most frequent and ubiquitous trade policies in the global economy. This review discusses the key reference pieces in the antidumping literature that have critically defined and shaped what we know about this important and unique form of trade protection. The review critically analyzes the literature and discusses its future directions - it is an important research tool not only for new and established scholars in international economics, but also policymakers and legal scholars
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972994 , 1788972996
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (221 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - The ethics of competition
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsethik ; Wettbewerb ; Competition Social aspects ; Competition Moral and ethical aspects ; Business ethics ; Ethics ; Electronic booksELD ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaft ; Ethik
    Abstract: Front Matter; Copyright; Contents; Introduction; 1 Competition: Terminology and concepts; 2 The ethical role of competition; 3 Is life a see-saw? Zero-sum thinking and moderation; 4 Competition and ecology; 5 Competition and education; 6 Competition in health and nursing care; 7 Competition, politics, and media; 8 Competition in our daily lives; 9 Conclusion; Notes; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784716325
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 357
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transfer pricing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Paul W. Cook, Jr. (1955), 'Decentralization and the Transfer-Price Problem', Journal of Business, 28 (2), April, 87-94 -- 2. Jack Hirshleifer (1956), 'One the Economics of Transfer Pricing', Journal of Business, 29 (3), July, 172-84 -- 3. Jack Hirshleifer (1957), 'Economics of the Divisionalized Firm', Journal of Business, 30 (2), April, 96-108 -- 4. J. R. Gould (1964), 'Internal Pricing in Firms When There Are Costs of Using an Outside Market', Journal of Business, 37 (1), January, 61-67 -- 5. Thomas Horst (1971), 'The Theory of the Multinational Firm: Optimal Behaviour under Different Tariff and Tax Rates', Journal of Political Economy, 79 (5), September-October, 1059-72 -- 6. L. W. Copithorne (1971), 'International Corporate Transfer Prices and Government Policy', Canadian Journal of Economics, IV (3), August, 324-41 -- 7. E. J. R. Booth and Oscar W. Jensen (1977), 'Transfer Prices in the Global Corporation under Internal and External Constraints', Canadian Journal of Economics, 10 (3), August, 434-46 -- 8. Lorraine A. B. Eden (1978), 'Vertically Integrated Multinationals: A Microeconomic Analysis', Canadian Journal of Economics, 11 (3), August, 534-46 -- 9. Takao Itagaki (1979), 'Theory of the Multinational Firm: An Analysis of Effects of Government Policies', International Economic Review, 20 (2), June, 437-48 -- 10. Eric W. Bond (1980), 'Optimal Transfer Pricing when Tax Rates Differ', Southern Economic Journal, 47 (1), July, 191-200 -- 11. Homi Katrak (1981), 'Multi-National Firms' Exports and Host Country Commercial Policy', Economic Journal, 91 (362), June, 454-65 -- 12. Larry Samuelson (1982), 'The Multinational Firm with Arm's Length Transfer Price Limits', Journal of International Economics, 13 (3-4), November, 365-74 -- 13. Lorraine Eden (1983), 'Transfer Pricing Policies under Tariff Barriers', Canadian Journal of Economics, 16 (4), November, 669-85 -- 14. W. Erwin Diewert (1985), 'Transfer Pricing and Economic Efficiency', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 3, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 47-79 -- 15. Lorraine Eden (1985), 'The Microeconomics of Transfer Pricing', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds.), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 2, London: Croom Helm and New York: St. Martin's Press, 13-46 -- 16. Chander Kant (1988), 'Endogenous Transfer Pricing and the Effects of Uncertain Regulation', Journal of International Economics, 24 (1-2), February, 147-57 -- 17. Chander Kant (1990), 'Multinational Firms and Government Revenues', Journal of Public Economics, 42, July, 135-47 -- 18. Lorraine Eden (1998), 'Taxing Multinationals in Theory', in Lorraine Eden (ed.) Taxing Multinationals: Transfer Pricing and Corporate Income Taxation in North America, Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 279-319 -- 19. Guttorm Schjelderup and Alfons J. Weichenrieder (1999), 'Trade, Multinationals, and Transfer Pricing Regulations', Canadian Journal of Economics, 32 (3), May, 817-31
    Abstract: 20. Christian Keuschnigg and Michael P. Devereux (2013), 'The Arm's Length Principle and Distortions to Multinational Firm Organization', Journal of International Economics, 89, 432-40 -- 21. Jan Svejnar and Stephen C. Smith (1984), 'The Economics of Joint Ventures in Less Developed Countries', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 99 (1), February, 149-68 -- 22. Thomas J. Prusa (1990), 'An Incentive Compatible Approach to the Transfer Pricing Problem', Journal of International Economics, 28 (1-2), February, 155-72 -- 23. Thomas A. Gresik and Douglas R. Nelson (1994), 'Incentive Compatible Regulation of a Foreign-Owned Subsidiary', Journal of International Economics, 36 (3-4), May, 309-31 -- 24. Ramy Elitzur and Jack Mintz (1996), 'Transfer Pricing Rules and Corporate Tax Competition', Journal of Public Economics, 60, 401-22 -- 25. Andreas Haufler and Guttorm Schjelderup (2000), 'Corporate Tax Systems and Cross-Country Profit Shifting', Oxford Economic Papers, 52 (2), April, 306-25 -- 26. Pascalis Raimondos-Møller and Kimberley Scharf (2002), 'Transfer Pricing Rules and Competing Governments', Oxford Economic Papers, 54 (2), April, 230-46 -- 27. Hans Jarle Kind, Karen Helene Midelfart and Guttorm Schjelderup (2005), 'Corporate Tax Systems, Multinational Enterprises, and Economic Integration', Journal of International Economics, 65 (2), March, 507-21 -- 28. Susana Peralta, Xavier Wauthy and Tanguy van Ypersele (2006), 'Should Countries Control International Profit Shifting?', Journal of International Economics, 68 (1), January, 24-37 -- 29. Raveendra N. Batra and Josef Hadar (1979), 'Theory of the Multinational Firm: Fixed versus Floating Exchange Rates', Oxford Economic Papers, 31 (2), July, 258-69 -- 30. Takao Itagaki (1981), 'The Theory of the Multinational Firm under Exchange Rate Uncertainty', Canadian Journal of Economics, 14 (2), May, 276-97 -- 31. Guttorm Schjelderup and Lars Sørgard (1997), 'Transfer Pricing as a Strategic Device for Decentralized Multinationals', International Tax and Public Finance, 4 (3), July, 277-90 -- 32. Laixun Zhao (2000), 'Decentralization and Transfer Pricing under Oligopoly', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 414-26 -- 33. George F. Kopits (1976), 'Intra-Firm Royalties Crossing Frontiers and Transfer-Pricing Behaviour', Economic Journal, 86 (344), December, 791-805 -- 34. Larry Samuelson (1985), 'Transfer Pricing in Exhaustible Resource Markets', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 5, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 98-116 -- 35. Harry Grubert (2003), 'Intangible Income, Intercompany Transactions, Income Shifting, and the Choice of Location', National Tax Journal, 56, 221-42 -- 36. Matthias Dischinger and Nadine Riedel (2011), 'Corporate Taxes and the Location of Intangible Assets within Multinational Firms', Journal of Public Economics, 95, (7-8), August, 691-707 -- 37. Marion B. Stewart (1986), 'U.S. Tax Policy, Intrafirm Transfers, and the Allocative Efficiency of Transnational Corporations', Public Finance/Finances Publiques, 41, 350-71 -- 38. Harry Grubert and John Mutti (1991), 'Taxes, Tariffs and Transfer Pricing in Multinational Corporate Decision Making', Review of Economics and Statistics, 73 (2), May, 285-93
    Abstract: 39. John Jacob (1996), 'Taxes and Transfer Pricing: Income Shifting and the Volume of Intrafirm Transfers', Journal of Accounting Research, 34 (2), Autumn, 301-12 -- 40. Eric J. Bartelsman and Roel M. W. J. Beetsma (2003), 'Why Pay More? Corporate Tax Avoidance Through Transfer Pricing in OECD Countries', Journal of Public Economics, 87, (9-10), September, 2225-52 -- 41. Lorraine Eden, Luis F. Juarez Valdez and Dan Li (2005), 'Talk Softly but Carry a Big Stick: Transfer Pricing Penalties and the Market Valuation of Japanese Multinationals in the United States', Journal of International Business Studies, 36, 398-414 -- 42. Céline Azémar and Gregory Corocos (2009), ''Multinational Firms' Heterogeneity in Tax Responsiveness: The Role of Transfer Pricing', World Economy, 32, 1291-318 -- 43. Sanjaya Lall (1973), 'Transfer-Pricing by Multinational Manufacturing Firms', Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 35 (3), August, 173-93 -- 44. Anita M. Benvignati (1985), 'An Empirical Investigation of International Transfer Pricing by US Manufacturing Firms', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 10, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 193-211 -- 45. Jean-Thomas Bernard and Robert J. Weiner (1990), 'Multinational Corporations, Transfer Prices, and Taxes: Evidence from the U.S. Petroleum Industry', in Assaf Razin and Joel Slemrod (eds.) Taxation in the Global Economy, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 123-54 -- 46. Deborah L. Swenson (2001), 'Tax Reforms and Evidence of Transfer Pricing', National Tax Journal, 54 (1), 7-25 -- 47. Kimberly A. Clausing (2003), 'Tax-Motivated Transfer Pricing and US Intrafirm Trade Prices', Journal of Public Economics, 87, 2207-23 -- 48. Lorraine Eden and Peter Rodriguez (2004), 'How Weak are the Signals? International Price Indices and Multinational Enterprises', Journal of International Business Studies, 35 (1), 61-74 -- 49. Agnes W. Y. Lo, Raymond M. K. Wong and Michael Firth (2010), 'Can Corporate Governance Deter Management from Manipulating Earnings? Evidence from Related-Party Sales Transactions in China', Journal of Corporate Finance, 16 (2), April, 225-35 -- 50. Michael J. Ferrantino, Xuepeng Liu and Zhi Wang (2012), 'Evasion Behaviors of Exporters and Importers: Evidence from the U.S.-China Trade Data Discrepancy', Journal of International Economics, 86 (1), January, 141-57
    Abstract: This authoritative research review discusses the most influential papers relating to the economics of transfer pricing. The piece notably covers the topic of transfer pricing in light of divisionalization, government regulations, bargaining models, market distortions and product characteristics as well as touching on the important subjects of empirical estimates of transfer price manipulation and transfer mispricing estimates. Written by Lorraine Eden, one of the founders and a leading contributor to the field, this research review promises to be useful reading for doctoral students, faculty members and policy makers who wish to extend their knowledge on the economics of transfer pricing
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9781788114226 , 1788114221
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 178 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for financial inclusion and microfinance
    DDC: 332.08694
    Keywords: Finanzielle Inklusion ; Mikrofinanzierung ; Soziale Integration ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Finanzdienstleistung ; Finanztechnologie ; Microfinance ; Finance Law and legislation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Framing research on microfinance and financial inclusion -- 1. The challenges of social investment through the microfinance lens / Jonathan Morduch and Timothy Ogden -- 2. Microfinance and management theory / Brian Hathaway and Tyler Wry -- 3. Breaking away from ready-made remedies and normative approaches to financial practices / Isabelle Guérin, Solène Morvant and Jean-Michel Servet -- 4. What do we really know about microfinance impact? / Maren Duvendack -- Part II: Social, environmental, and financial performance -- 5. Social performance measurement in microfinance / Bert D'espallier and Jann Goedecke -- 6. Microfinance and financial inclusion in the transformation to environmental sustainability / Johan Bastiaensen, Frédéric Huybrechs and Gert Van Hecken -- 7. Efficiency and productivity analysis of microfinance institutions / Valentina Hartarska and Denis Nadolnyak -- Part III: Targets for financial inclusion -- 8. Islamic microfinance / Laurent Weill -- 9. Microfinance plus: a review and avenues for research / Adriana Garcia and Robert Lensink -- 10. Microfinance in the North: where do we stand? / Anastasia Cozarenco and Ariane Szafarz -- Part IV: Institutional and technological design -- 11. Internationalization of the microfinance industry / Roy Mersland, Stephen Zamore, Kwame Ohene Djan and Tigist Woldetsadik Sommeno -- 12. Microfinance and governance / Niels Hermes -- 13. Fintech and financial inclusion / Baptiste Venet -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. How can financial services, such as credit, deposit accounts, financial transfers, and insurance be provided to people in need? This challenging and complex issue has been a topic of interest for the international aid community for decades. Drawing on renowned experts in microfinance and financial inclusion, this Research Agenda sheds much-needed light on this multifaceted challenge and points the way ahead for future research. Providing a critical and multidisciplinary approach to research in microfinance and financial inclusion, the authors provide a state-of-the-art overview of current scholarly knowledge on the provision of financial services to disadvantaged populations worldwide. Reviewing the literature on the subject from the fields of economics, management science and development studies, they discuss the limitations and challenges of current research and chart avenues for future developments. With its fascinating insights, this Research Agenda will be of interest to students of finance and economics, development, and business and management, as well as researchers with a specific interest in microfinance and financial inclusion
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114448 , 1788114442
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 362
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Global value chains
    DDC: 382
    RVK:
    Keywords: Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Entwicklung ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Entwicklung ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Business networks ; International trade ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Wertschöpfungskette
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gary Gereffi, John Humphrey and Timothy Sturgeon (2005), 'The Governance of Global Value Chains', Review of International Political Economy, 12 (1), February, 78-104 -- 2. Gary Gereffi (1999), 'International Trade and Industrial Upgrading in the Apparel Commodity Chain', Journal of International Economics, 48 (1), 37-70 -- 3. John Humphrey and Hubert Schmitz (2001), 'Governance in Global Value Chains', IDS Bulletin, 32 (3), July, 19-29 -- 4. Timothy J. Sturgeon (2002), 'Modular Production Networks: A New American Model of Industrial Organisation', Industrial and Corporate Change, 11 (3), June, 451-95 -- 5. Jennifer Bair (2005), 'Global Capitalism and Commodity Chains: Looking Back, Going Forward', Competition and Change, 9 (2), June, 153-80 -- 6. Timothy J. Sturgeon (2009), 'From Commodity Chains to Value Chains: Interdisciplinary Theory Building in an Age of Globalisation', in Jennifer Bairs (ed.), Frontiers of Commodity Chain Research, Chapter 6, Stanford CA: Stanford University Press, 110-35, references -- 7. Peter Gibbon (2008), 'Governance, Entry Barriers, 'Upgrading: A Re-Interpretation of Some GVC Concepts from the Experience of African Clothing Exports', Competition and Change, 12 (1), March, 29-48 -- 8. Raphael Kaplinsky (2000), 'Globalisation and Unequalisation: What Can Be Learned from Value Chain Analysis?', Journal of Development Studies, 37 (2), December, 117-46 -- 9. Carlo Pietrobelli and Federica Saliola (2008), 'Power Relationships Along the Value Chain: Multinational Firms, Global Buyers and Performance of Local Suppliers', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 32 (6), November, 947-62 -- 10. Raphael Kaplinsky, Mike Morris and Jeff Readman (2002), 'The Globalization of Product Markets and Immiserizing Growth: Lessons from the South African Furniture Industry', World Development, 30 (7), July, 1159-77 -- 11. Mike Morris and Cornelia Staritz (2014), 'Industrialization Trajectories in Madagascar's Export Apparel Industry: Ownership, Embeddedness, Markets, and Upgrading', World Development, 56, April, 243-57 -- 12. Raphael Kaplinsky, Anne Terheggen and Julia Tijaja (2011), 'China as a Final Market: The Gabon Timber and Thai Cassava Value Chains', World Development, 39 (7), July, 1177-90 -- 13. Stefano Ponte and Peter Gibbon (2005), 'Quality Standards, Conventions and the Governance of Global Value Chains', Economy and Society, 34 (1), February, 1-31 -- 14. Khalid Nadvi (2008), 'Global Standards, Global Governance and the Organization of Global Value Chains', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (3), May, 323-43 -- 15. Doris Fuchs, Agni Kalfagianni and Tetty Havinga (2011), 'Actors in Private Food Governance: The Legitimacy of Retail Standards and Multistakeholder Initiatives with Civil Society Participation', Agriculture and Human Values, 28 (3), September, 353-67 -- 16. Stephanie Barrientos (2001), 'Gender, Flexibility and Global Value Chains', IDS Bulletin, 32 (3), July, 83-93 -- 17. Stephanie Barrientos, Catherine Dolan and Anne Tallontire (2003), 'A Gendered Value Chain Approach to Codes of Conduct in African Horticulture', World Development, 31 (9), September, 1511-26 -- 18. Simon Bolwig, Stefano Ponte, Andries du Toit, Lone Riisgaard and Niels Halberg (2010), 'Integrating Poverty and Environmental Concerns into Value-Chain Analysis: A Conceptual Framework', Development Policy Review, 28 (2), March, 173-94 -- 19. Peter Lund-Thomsen and Adam Lindgreen (2014), 'Corporate Social Responsibility in Global Value Chains: Where Are We Now and Where Are We Going?', Journal of Business Ethics, 123 (1), August, 11-22
    Abstract: 20. Jennifer Bair and Florence Palpacuer (2015), 'CSR Beyond the Corporation: Contested Governance in Global Value Chains', Global Networks, 15 (Supplement), S1-S19 -- 21. Stephanie Barrientos, Frederick Mayer, John Pickles and Anne Posthuma (2011), 'Decent Work in Global Production Networks: Framing the Policy Debate', International Labour Review, 150 (3-4), December, 299-317 -- 22. John Humphrey and Hubert Schmitz (2002), 'How Does Insertion in Global Value Chains Affect Upgrading in Industrial Clusters?', Regional Studies, 36 (9), 1017-27 -- 23. Hubert Schmitz (2006), 'Learning and Earning in Global Garment and Footwear Chains', European Journal of Development Research, 18 (4), December, 546-71 -- 24. Elisa Giuliani, Carlo Pietrobelli and Roberta Rabellotti (2005), 'Upgrading in Global Value Chains: Lessons from Latin American Clusters', World Development, 33 (4), April, 549-73 -- 25. Carlo Pietrobelli and Roberta Rabellotti (2011), 'Global Value Chains Meet Innovation Systems: Are There Learning Opportunities for Developing Countries?', World Development, 39 (7), July, 1261-69 -- 26. Lizbeth Navas-Alemán (2011), 'The Impact of Operating in Multiple Value Chains for Upgrading: The Case of the Brazilian Furniture and Footwear Industries', World Development, 39 (8), August, 1386-97 -- 27. Jiří Blažek (2016), 'Towards a Typology of Repositioning Strategies of GVC/GPN Suppliers: The Case of Functional Upgrading and Downgrading', Journal of Economic Geography, 16 (4), July, 849-69 -- 28. Seth Pipkin and Alberto Fuentes (2017), 'Spurred to Upgrade: A Review of Triggers and Consequences of Industrial Upgrading in the Global Value Chain Literature', World Development, 98, October, 536-54 -- 29. Catherine Dolan and John Humphrey (2000), 'Governance and Trade in Fresh Vegetables: The Impact of UK Supermarkets on the African Horticulture Industry', Journal of Development Studies, 37 (2), December 147-76 -- 30. Peter Gibbon (2001), 'Upgrading Primary Production: A Global Value Commodity Chain Approach', World Development, 29 (2), February, 345-63 -- 31. Jacques H. Trienekens (2011), 'Agricultural Value Chains in Developing Countries: A Framework for Analysis', International Food and Agribusiness Management Review, 14 (2), 51-82 -- 32. Jennifer Bair and Gary Gereffi (2001), 'Local Clusters in Global Chains: The Causes and Consequences of Export Dynamism in Torreon's Blue Jeans Industry', World Development, 29 (11), November, 1885-903 -- 33. Timothy Sturgeon, Johannes Van Biesebroeck and Gary Gereffi (2008), 'Value Chains, Networks and Clusters: Reframing the Global Automotive Industry', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (3), May, 297-321 -- 34. Jason Dedrick, Kenneth L. Kraemer and Greg Linden (2010), 'Who Profits from Innovation in Global Value Chains?: A Study of the iPod and Notebook PCs', Industrial and Corporate Change, 19 (1), February, 81-116 -- 35. Timothy J. Sturgeon and Momoko Kawakami (2011), 'Global Value Chains in the Electronics Industry: Characteristics, Crisis and Upgrading Opportunities for Firms from Developing Countries', International Journal of Technological Learning, Innovation and Development, 4 (1-3), 120-47 -- 36. Robert C. Feenstra (1998), 'Integration of Trade and Disintegration of Production in the Global Economy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (4), Fall, 31-50 -- 37. Andrew B. Bernard, J. Bradford Jensen, Stephen Redding and Peter Schott (2007), 'Firms in International Trade', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21 (3), Summer, 105-30 -- 38. Marcel P. Timmer, Abdul Azeez Erumban, Bart Los, Robert Stehrer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2014), 'Slicing up Global Value Chains', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 28 (2), Spring, 99-118
    Abstract: 39. Richard E. Baldwin and Simon J. Evenett (2015), 'Value Creation and Trade in 21st Century Manufacturing', Journal of Regional Science: Special Issue, 55 (1), January, 31-50
    Abstract: This insightful research review discusses some of the most influential papers in the economics field of global value chains. Focusing on globalization, fragmentation and coordination of production across geographical as well as enterprise boundaries. It pays particularly close attention to how businesses in developing countries are incorporated into global production and distribution networks. The review analyses many of the texts that framed the global value chain approach together with in-depth case-studies of particular sectors and policy-oriented research concerned with reducing poverty and accelerating growth in poorer countries. This review would be of great interest to students and researchers working in the fields of globalisation, geography and international business
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781789901597
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 235 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hodgson, Geoffrey M., 1946 - Is there a future for heterodox economics?
    RVK:
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- 1. Space exists to stop everything happening in Cambridge -- 2. What is heterodox economics? -- 3. Rumours of the death of Max U are exaggerated -- 4. The separate heterodoxy of evolutionary economics -- 5. Heterodox economics as a scientific community -- 6. Some possible ways forward -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Over the last 50 years, and particularly since the financial crash in 2008, the community of heterodox economists has expanded, and its publications have proliferated. But its power in departments of economics has waned. Addressing this paradox, Geoffrey M. Hodgson argues that heterodox economists are defined more by a left ideology than by a shared understanding of the nature of orthodox economics and of what should replace it. Heterodox economists cannot agree on what heterodoxy means. Employing insights from the sociology and philosophy of science, the author explores the marginalization of heterodox economics in the academic community and its exclusion from positions of power. This perceptive book also shows how the weaknesses of a particular version of heterodoxy stemming from the Cambridge economics of the 1970s have been replicated globally in much of contemporary heterodox economics. The author considers how the field can adapt in order to improve and sustain its presence in academia. Social scientists and economists will find this book both enlightening and useful. In particular, it will be invaluable to student networks and others critical of mainstream economics, and to those teaching economics at undergraduate and postgraduate level"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9781788971515
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 222 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als King, John E., 1947 - The alternative Austrian economics
    DDC: 330.09436
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Marxismus ; Österreich ; Economics History ; Economists ; Socialism ; Electronic books ; Austria Economic conditions ; Österreich ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Politische Ökonomie
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. 'Red Vienna' and the roots of Austro-marxism -- 3. The young Rudolf Hilferding -- 4. Otto Bauer 1904-1914 -- 5. The economics of socialism -- 6. Otto Bauer 1917-1938 -- 7. Other voices -- 8. The heirs. I: Josef Steindl -- 9. The heirs. Ii: Kurt Rothschild -- 10. What is left -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "For most economists, 'Austrian economics' refers to a distinct school of thought, originating with Mises and Hayek and characterised by a strong commitment to free-market liberalism. This innovative book explores an alternative Austrian tradition in economics. Socialist in spirit but too diffuse to be described as a single school of thought, it shares a common conviction that the market, while possibly a good servant, is a very poor master. Demonstrating how the debate on the economics of socialism began in Austria long before the 1930s, this unique book analyses the work and impact of many leading Austrian economists. Beginning with the Austro-Marxist theorists Otto Bauer and Rudolf Hilferding and moving through to the new generation of social democratic economists, most prominently Kurt Rothschild and Josef Steindl, The Alternative Austrian Economics provides insight into the history and evolution of socialist economics in Austria. Offering a previously underrepresented discussion of a century of Austrian socialist economics, this engaging book will prove to be of great value to Marxian and heterodox economists, historians of economic thought and political scientists interested in political economy"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London [England] : Bloomsbury Academic | London [England] : Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)
    ISBN: 9781474232043
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource
    Series Statement: A cultural history of hair olume 3
    Series Statement: The cultural histories series
    Parallel Title: (print)
    DDC: 301
    Keywords: Hairstyles / History ; Hair / Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Note: Includes bibliographic references and index , Mode of access: World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9781789205404
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 161 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Studies in Social Analysis Ser. v.9
    Series Statement: Studies in social analysis Volume 9
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.2
    Keywords: Nature Effect of human beings on ; Naturalism ; Electronic books ; Nature ; Effect of human beings on ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Natur ; Kultur ; Ethnologie
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Illustrations -- Introduction -- Chapter 1. Naturalism and the Invention of Identity -- Chapter 2. Between Two Truths -- Chapter 3. Natures of Naturalism -- Chapter 4. Raw Data -- Chapter 5. Methods for Multispecies Anthropology -- Chapter 6. A Theory of 'Animal Borders' -- Chapter 7. Delta Ontologies -- Chapter 8. The Ontological Turn -- Index.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Front cover image  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786434869
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 250 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Swann, Peter, 1955 - Economics as anatomy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Ökonometrie ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Empirische Methode ; Econometrics ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Ökonometrie
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I: Re-appraisal -- 1. Introduction -- 2. How good are econometric results? -- 3. Assumptions in empirical economics -- 4. Three types of rigour -- 5. Misinterpreting Kelvin's Maxim -- 6. Myths about case studies -- 7. Discontent in the academy -- 8. Wider discontent -- Part II: Innovation -- 9. Economics of innovation -- 10. Incremental innovation in economics -- 11. Radical innovation in economics -- Part III: The federation -- 12. Why emulate medicine? -- 13. Economic anatomy -- 14. Economic physiology -- 15. Economic pathology -- 16. Pathology in the economics discipline -- 17. Multidisciplinary hybrids -- 18. Practitioner hybrids -- 19. And many others ... 209 -- 20. Will the federation survive? -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: There are two fundamentally different approaches to innovation: incremental and radical. In Economics as Anatomy, G.M. Peter Swann argues that economics as a discipline needs both perspectives in order to create the maximum beneficial effect for the economy. Chapters explore how and why mainstream economics is very good at incremental innovation but seems uncomfortable with radical innovation. Swann argues that economics should follow the example of many other disciplines, transitioning from one field to a range of semi-autonomous sub-disciplines. In this book, he compares the missing link in empirical economics to being the economic equivalent of anatomy, the basis of medical discourse. Working as a sequel to Swann's Putting Econometrics in its Place, this book will be a vital resource to those who are discontent with the state of mainstream economics, especially those actively seeking to promote change in the discipline. Students wishing to see progress in the teaching of economics will also benefit from this timely book
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781785367700
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 354
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of fairness
    DDC: 330.01
    Keywords: Gerechtigkeit ; Normative Ökonomik ; Experimentelle Ökonomik ; Verhaltensökonomik ; Neuroökonomie ; Verhandlungstheorie ; Umverteilung ; Economics Moral and ethical aspects ; Fairness Economic aspects ; Economics Moral and ethical aspects ; Fairness Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. John E. Roemer (1986), 'Equality of Resources Implies Equality of Welfare', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 101 (4), November, 751-84 -- 2. Marc Fleurbaey (1995), 'Three Solutions for the Compensation Problem', Journal of Economic Theory, 65 (2), April, 505-21 -- 3. Julian Le Grand (1990), 'Equity versus Efficiency: The Elusive Trade-off', Ethics, 100 (3), April, 554-68 -- 4. James Konow (2003), 'Which Is the Fairest One of All? A Positive Analysis of Justice Theories', Journal of Economic Literature, XLI (4), December, 1188-239 -- 5. Hal R. Varian (1975), 'Distributive Justice, Welfare Economics, and the Theory of Fairness', Philosophy and Public Affairs, 4 (3), Spring, 223-47 -- 6. Amartya Sen (1979), 'Equality of What?', The Tanner Lecture on Human Values, Delivered at Stanford University, May 22nd, 1979, Salt Lake City, UT, USA: University of Utah Press, i-ii, 197-220 -- 7. Matthew Rabin (1993), 'Incorporating Fairness into Game Theory and Economics', American Economic Review, 83 (5), December, 1281-302 -- 8. Elizabeth Hoffman, Kevin McCabe and Vernon L. Smith (1996), 'Social Distance and Other-Regarding Behavior in Dictator Games', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 653-60 -- 9. Ernst Fehr and Klaus M. Schmidt (1999), 'A Theory of Fairness, Competition, and Cooperation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (3), August, 817-68 -- 10. James Konow (2000), 'Fair Shares: Accountability and Cognitive Dissonance in Allocation Decisions', American Economic Review, 90 (4), September, 1072-91 -- 11. Armin Falk, Ernst Fehr and Urs Fischbacher (2008), 'Testing Theories of Fairness - Intentions Matter', Games and Economic Behavior, 62 (1), January, 287-303 -- 12. Alexander W. Cappelen, Astri Drange Hole, Erik Ø. Sørensen and Bertil Tungodden (2007), 'The Pluralism of Fairness Ideals: An Experimental Approach', American Economic Review, 97 (3), June, 818-27 -- 13. Gary E. Bolton and Axel Ockenfels (2000), 'ERC: A Theory of Equity, Reciprocity, and Competition', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 166-93 -- 14. Gary Charness and Matthew Rabin (2002), 'Understanding Social Preferences with Simple Tests', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 117 (3), August, 817-69 -- 15. Elizabeth Hoffman, Kevin McCabe, Keith Shachat and Vernon Smith (1994), 'Preferences, Property Rights, and Anonymity in Bargaining Games', Games and Economic Behavior, 7 (3), November, 346-80 -- 16. Dirk Engelmann and Martin Strobel (2004), 'Inequality Aversion, Efficiency, and Maximin Preferences in Simple Distribution Experiments', American Economic Review, 94 (4), September, 857-69 -- 17. James Andreoni and Lise Vesterlund (2001), 'Which is the Fair Sex? Gender Differences in Altruism', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (1), February, 293-312 -- 18. Raymond Fisman, Shachar Kariv and Daniel Markovits (2007), 'Individual Preferences for Giving', American Economic Review, 97 (5), December, 1858-76 -- 19. Ernst Fehr and Simon Gächter (2000), 'Fairness and Retaliation: The Economics of Reciprocity', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 14 (3), Summer, 159-81
    Abstract: 20. Ernst Fehr, Helen Bernhard and Bettina Rockenbach (2008), 'Egalitarianism in Young Children', Nature, 454, 28th August, 1079-83 -- 21. Joseph Henrich, Jean Ensminger, Richard McElreath, Abigail Barr, Clark Barrett, Alexander Bolyanatz, Juan Camilo Cardenas, Michael Gurven, Edwins Gwako, Natalie Henrich, Carolyn Lesorogol, Frank Marlowe, David Tracer and John Ziker (2010), 'Markets, Religion, Community Size, and the Evolution of Fairness and Punishment', Science, 327 (5972), 19th March, 1480-84, Erratum -- 22. Ingvild Almås, Alexander W. Cappelen, Erik Ø. Sørensen and Bertil Tungodden (2010), 'Fairness and the Development of Inequality Acceptance', Science, 328 (5982), 28th May, 1176-78 -- 23. Ernst Fehr, Daniela Glätzle-Rützler and Matthias Sutter (2013), 'The Development of Egalitarianism, Altruism, Spite and Parochialism in Childhood and Adolescence', European Economic Review, 64, November, 369-83 -- 24. Martin A. Nowak, Karen M. Page and Karl Sigmund (2000), 'Fairness Versus Reason in the Ultimatum Game', Science, 289 (5485), 8th September, 1773-75 -- 25. Alexander W. Cappelen, Tom Eichele, Kenneth Hugdahl, Karsten Specht, Erik Ø. Sørensen and Bertil Tungodden (2014), 'Equity Theory and Fair Inequality: A Neuroeconomic Study', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS), 111 (43), 28th October, 15368-72 -- 26. Elizabeth Tricomi, Antonio Rangel, Colin F. Camerer and John P. O'Doherty (2010), 'Neural Evidence for Inequality-Averse Social Preferences', Nature, 463, 25th February, 1089-91, methods -- 27. Ming Hsu, Cédric Anen and Steven R. Quartz (2008), 'The Right and the Good: Distributive Justice and Neural Encoding of Equity and Efficiency', Science, 320 (5879), 23rd May, 1092-95 -- 28. Ernst Fehr and Colin F. Camerer (2007), 'Social Neuroeconomics: The Neural Circuitry of Social Preferences', TRENDS in Cognitive Sciences, 11 (10), October, 419-27 -- 29. Alan G. Sanfey, James K. Rilling, Jessica A. Aronson, Leigh E. Nystrom and Jonathan D. Cohen (2003), 'The Neural Basis of Economic Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game', Science, 300 (5626), 13th June, 1755-58 -- 30. Linda Babcock and George Loewenstein (1997), 'Explaining Bargaining Impasse: The Role of Self-Serving Biases', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 11 (1), Winter, 109-26 -- 31. Robert Forsythe, Joel L. Horowitz, N. E. Savin and Martin Sefton (1994), 'Fairness in Simple Bargaining Experiments', Games and Economic Behavior, 6 (3), May, 347-69 -- 32. Werner Güth, Rolf Schmittberger and Bernd Schwarze (1982), 'An Experimental Analysis of Ultimatum Bargaining', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3 (4), December, 367-88 -- 33. Alberto Alesina and George-Marios Angeletos (2005), 'Fairness and Redistribution', American Economic Review, 95 (4), September, 960-80 -- 34. Roland Bénabou and Jean Tirole (2006), 'Belief in a Just World and Redistributive Politics', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (2), May, 699-746 -- 35. Christina Fong (2001), 'Social Preferences, Self-Interest, and the Demand for Redistribution', Journal of Public Economics, 82 (2), November, 225-46 -- 36. Marc Fleurbaey and François Maniquet (2006), 'Fair Income Tax', Review of Economic Studies, 73 (1), January, 55-83 -- 37. Ruben Durante, Louis Putterman and Joël van der Weele (2014), 'Preferences for Redistribution and Perception of Fairness: An Experimental Study', Journal of the European Economic Association, 12 (4), August, 1059-86 -- 38. Daniel Kahneman, Jack L. Knetsch and Richard Thaler (1986), 'Fairness as a Constraint on Profit Seeking: Entitlements in the Market', American Economic Review, 76 (4), September, 728-41
    Abstract: 39. Ernst Fehr, Georg Kirchsteiger and Arno Riedl (1993), 'Does Fairness Prevent Market Clearing? An Experimental Investigation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (2), May, 437-59 -- 40. George A. Akerlof and Janet L. Yellen (1990), 'The Fair Wage-Effort Hypothesis and Unemployment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CV (2), May, 255-83
    Abstract: A growing literature in economics has studied how fairness considerations shape human behavior. This review analyses the key theoretical and empirical contributions spanning the last four decades, along with influential related work in normative economics. It argues that the fairness motive is essential for understanding human behavior in a wide range of settings, such as markets, bargaining, and redistributive situations. It moves on to a discussion of the large heterogeneity in what people view as fair and the importance people attach to fairness, displaying how a concern for fairness develops in childhood and manifests itself in the brain. This research review will be a valuable tool for those interested in the fascinating field of the economics of fairness
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Vienna : United Nations Industrial Development Organization | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788977890
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 841 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International yearbook of industrial statistics series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International yearbook of industrial statistics ; 25th issue (2019)
    Keywords: Industrial statistics ; Commercial products Statistics ; Manufacturing industries ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction Part I: Summary tables -- Section 1.1 The manufacturing sector -- Section 1.2 The manufacturing divisions -- Part II: Country tables.
    Abstract: A unique and comprehensive source of information, this book is the only international publication providing economists, planners, policymakers and business people with worldwide statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector. The Yearbook is designed to facilitate international comparisons relating to manufacturing activity and industrial development and performance. It provides data which can be used to analyse patterns of growth and related long term trends, structural change and industrial performance in individual industries. Statistics on employment patterns, wages, consumption and gross output and other key indicators are also presented
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9781788973656
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 326 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financial regulation and stability
    Keywords: Finanzmarktregulierung ; Wirtschaftspolitisches Ziel ; Preisstabilität ; Finanzkrise ; Theorie ; Welt ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Kapitalmarkt ; Regulierung ; Finanzkrise ; Finanzwirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction By Charles A. E. Goodhart and Dimitrios P. Tsomocos -- 2. "Principles for Macroprudential Regulation", (A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), Banque de France Financial Stability Review, No.18, pp. 173-182, April -- 3. "The Macroprudential Toolkit", (R. Berner, A. Kashyap and C.A.E. Goodhart), I.M.F. Economic Review, Vol. 59, No 2, 2011 -- 4. "Financial Regulation in General Equilibrium", (C.A.E. Goodhart, A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), NBER WP17909, University of Oxford, Said Business School, 2011 -- 5. "An Integrated Framework for Multiple Financial Regulations", (C.A.E.Goodhart, A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 9, Supplement 1, pp.109-143, 2013 -- 6. "The Lender of Last Resort in a General Equilibrium Framework", (Akshay Kotak, Han Ozsoylev and D.P.Tsomocos) Saïd Business School WP 2017-18 -- 7. "A Reconsideration of Minsky's Financial Instability Hypothesis", (with S. Bhattacharya, C.A.E. Goodhart and A.P.Vardoulakis), Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, Volume 47, Issue 5, pages 931{973, August 2015 -- 8. "Liquidity and default in an exchange economy", (Juan Francisco Martinez S. and -- D.P. Tsomocos), Journal of Financial Stability, In press, 2016 -- 9. "Monetary Transaction Costs and the Term Premium", (R. Espinoza and D. P. Tsomocos), Economic Theory 59(2), pp 355-375, June 2015 -- 10. "Debt Defation Effects of Monetary Policy", (Li Lin, D.P. Tsomocos and Alexandros Vardoulakis), Journal of Financial Stability 21 (2015): 81-94, also appeared as Federal Reserve Board Staff Working Paper (2014-37), May, 2014 -- 11. "International Monetary Equilibrium with Default", (M.U. Peiris and D. P. Tsomocos), Journal of Mathematical Economics 56, pp 47-57, 2015 -- 12. "Global Capital Imbalances and Taxing Capital Flows", (C.A.E. Goodhart, M.U. Peiris and D.P. Tsomocos), International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 9, Number 2, pp.13-45, 2013 -- 13. "International Monetary Regimes", (C.A.E. Goodhart and D.P. Tsomocos), Capitalism and Society, Vol. 9, No. 2, Article 2, 2014 -- 14. "Debt, Recovery Rates and the Greek Dilemma", (C.A.E. Goodhart and M.U. Peiris and D.P. Tsomocos), Journal of Financial Stability, forthcoming -- Index.
    Abstract: Charles Goodhart and Dimitrios P. Tsomocos examine the interaction of monetary and regulatory policy to achieve the important goals of price and financial stability. Their focus is on the relationship between liquidity and default in the post-crisis context, with special emphasis on macroprudential regulation. Exploring how financial stability can be continually assessed and measured, Financial Regulation and Stability discusses the interrelationships between liquidity and default. Without default there would be no concern about liquidity. But the financial crisis was not just a liquidity problem, it requires a general equilibrium model. The authors' model delineates all the potential interrelationships between the real and financial sectors of the economy, with special emphasis on the interaction between liquidity and default. Economists and central bankers will greatly benefit from the practical advice offered in this book to aid financial stability. Advanced students of financial economics will also find this a vital read to understand the consequences of the 2007-8 financial crisis in more depth and the lessons to be learnt
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118583 , 1788118588
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 184 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for creative industries
    DDC: 338.4/77
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Kulturökonomik ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Kulturindustrie ; Kreativität ; Potenzial ; Kultur ; Einflussgröße ; Soziokultureller Faktor ; Interesse ; Wertschöpfung ; Forschungsgegenstand ; Forschungsprogramm ; Theorie ; Vorschlag ; Initiative ; Erde ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: A forward agenda for creative industries research / Stuart Cunningham and Terry Flew -- 1. The creative economy - where did it come from and where is it going? / John Newbigin -- 2. The creative industries and industrial policy: The UK case / Hasan Bakhshi -- 3. Complexity thinking as a coordinating theoretical framework for creative industries research / Roberta Comunian -- 4. Creative industries: Between cultural economics and cultural studies / Terry Flew -- 5. Creative industries research requires a new approach to data analysis / John Davies -- 6. Web3 and the creative industries: How blockchains are reshaping business models / Jason Potts and Ellie Rennie -- 7. Creative industries and higher education: What curriculum, what evidence, what impact? / Ruth Bridgstock -- 8. Subsidies, copyright and incentives: A European perspective on the film industry / Paul Stepan -- 9. Creative industries around the world / Stuart Cunningham and Adam Swift -- 10. Creative industries in China: The digital turn / Terry Flew, Xiang Ren and Yi Wang -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Over the past 20 years, the concept of creative industries has become a widely recognised policy paradigm adopted in numerous countries, agencies and educational institutions around the world. A Research Agenda for Creative Industries probes the key issues that will help to advance research into creative industries as a productive and innovative intervention in public policy. Issues addressed include how much should a research agenda for creative industries be policy-oriented? How workable is the so-called triple bottom line rationale for creative industries? What innovative theories, research approaches and methods are called for in advancing a creative industries agenda? With contributions from leading scholars, policy and industry specialists, this interdisciplinary Research Agenda will be a vital resource for students and academics working in the fields of communication, culture, film and media, geography, business and policy studies, and Internet and social media studies"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9781788973694
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 305 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 330.15/6
    Keywords: Keynesian economics ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Louis-Philippe Rochon and Virginie Monvoisin -- Part I: Post-Keynesian views on finance and financialization -- 1. Measuring finance for the economy and finance for finance / Marcello Spanò -- 2. Economic limits of the originate to distribute model of banking / Óscar Dejuán and John S. L. McCombie -- 3. Private pension funds in emerging economies: From broken promises to financialisation / Bruno Bonizzi and Diego Guevara -- 4. Financialization and bancarization of Argentina, Brazil and Mexico: The financial services transformations as from the post-crisis period / Alicia Girón and Marcia Solorza -- Part II: Post-Keynesian views on distribution and growth -- 5. Macroeconomic implications of inequality and household debt: European evidence / Jonathan Perraton -- 6. How can policy tackle inequality in 21st century? / Hanna Szymborska -- 7. Economic policies and growth regimes in France (1974-2016) / Hélène de Largentaye and Renaud du Tertre -- 8. Non-conventional fiscal rules in a Kaleckian model of growth and income distribution with external debt / Pablo G. Bortz, Gabriel Michelena, and Fernando Toledo -- Part III: Post-Keynesian views on monetary policy -- 9. The transmission of monetary policy in the US: Testing the credit channel and the role of endogenous money / Nathan Perry and Carlos Schönerwald -- 10. Corporate debt expansion in emerging countries after 2008: Profile, determinants and policy implications / Cristiano Duarte -- 11. From trillemma to dilemma: Monetary policy after / Bretton Woods Hasan Cömert -- 12. Shifting frames of the expert debate: Quantitative easing, international macro-finance and the potential impact of Post-Keynesian scholarship / Max Nagel and Matthias Thiemann -- Part IV: Some notes on the dual economy Introduction / Helene Delargentaye -- 13. Dualism: More or less? / David Leadbeater -- 14. Do the robots come to liberate us or to deepen our inequality? The uncertain macrostructural foundations of the robotic age / Arpita Bhattacharjee and Gary Dymski -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book introduces readers to some key concepts in post-Keynesian and heterodox economics, in particular the importance of finance in relation to income distribution and growth. The book explores various aspects of financialization, such as its role in pension funds, and explores its consequences especially in developing economies. Readers will recognize other key concepts such as the role of banks, and the effectiveness of monetary policy and its transmission mechanism, and unconventional policies, such as quantitative easing. Considerable space is given to income inequality, a topic that has become increasingly important. Authors explore the growing importance of household debt, and policies that could address inequality. Finally, the book discusses the rising importance of dualism, a much under-researched topic in heterodox economics. Policy makers and scholars alike, especially those in Heterodox Economics, will find the book a much need addition to the field"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9781788115834
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 417 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Mohd. Ma'sum Billah, 1968 - Encyclopedia of Islamic insurance, Takaful and Retakaful
    DDC: 340.5/9
    Keywords: Islamisches Finanzsystem ; Theorie ; Insurance law (Islamic law) ; Insurance law (Islamic law) ; Electronic books ; Nachschlagewerk
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword -- Introduction -- Bibliography -- 1. A general introduction to Takaful -- 2. Understanding the pillars of Takaful -- 3. Regulatory framework of Takaful -- 4. Takaful and conventional insurance - a comparison -- 5. Practices of Takaful -- 6. Retakaful and its importance to Islamic finance -- 7. Contemporary issues in Takaful implementation -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely Encyclopedia is a much-needed thorough reference on Islamic insurance policy and the ways in which this can be modelled to cohere with Shari'ah law. The authors explore the ways in which Islamic insurance can be halal, contradicting the widely held belief that insurance policies are not appropriate or moral, utilizing evidence from both the Qu'ran and top Islamic scholars to do so. The book explores Takaful, an insurance paradigm that is in accordance with Islamic principles and suits the needs of modern Islamic economies and communities. It examines the practices, principles, framework and importance of the notion of Takaful, using evidence from the Qu'ran and Islamic teachings to support this. Chapters examine how Takaful is different to conventional insurance models that are not permissible under Shari'ah law, contradicting misconceptions about the possibility of an insurance policy that is achievable within Islamic communities. The book further explores the room for cooperation between Takaful services and Islamic banking, offering insight into how this can be improved in the future. A valuable asset for Islamic insurance and Islamic economics scholars, this timely book offers a thorough analysis of Takaful, Retakaful and Islamic insurance in our modern world. It will also be a useful read for those practising Takaful to ensure that their advice coheres with Shari'ah law"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784715717 , 1784715719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 407 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschule ; Wissenstransfer ; Forschungskooperation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Universities and colleges Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Community development Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Katalin Erdős and Attila Varga -- Part I: Universities as actors in regional development -- 2. A history of the American land-grant universities and regional development / Nathan M. Sorber -- 3. The second academic revolution : antecedents and consequences of academic entrepreneurship / Henry Etzkowitz -- 4. Universities and their economic and social contribution to regional development / Philip McCann and Raquel Ortega-Argilés -- 5. The transformative role of universities in regional innovation systems : lessons from university engagement in cross-border regions / Jos van den Broek, Franziska Eckardt and Paul Benneworth -- 6. Connections between universities and industry in the United States : trusteeship before and after the Great Recession / Sheila Slaughter and Barrett J. Taylor -- 7. Philanthropic support of higher education : major gifts from high net worth individuals / Emily I. Nwakpuda and Maryann P. Feldman -- Part II: University knowledge transfer mechanisms -- 8. University patenting and the quest for technology transfer policy models in Europe / Catalina Martínez and Valerio Sterzi -- 9. The regional impacts of university spin-offs : in what ways do spin-offs contribute to the region? / Einar Rasmussen -- 10. The under-researched role of alumni spin-off entrepreneurs in upgrading a university's entrepreneurial support structure: essential ingredient or just a decorative accessory? / Arne Vorderwülbecke and Rolf Sternberg -- 11. Scientists as businessmen - can they, should they? / Katalin Erdős -- 12. Networks, innovation systems and the geography of university-industry linkages : the case of knowledge-intensive business services / Andrew Johnston and Robert Huggins -- Part III: Regional case studies from three continents -- 13. Universities, the bioscience sector and local economic development in oxfordshire : challenges and opportunities / Helen Lawton Smith, Sharmistha Bagchi-Sen and Laurel Edmunds -- 14. The pathways and challenges of university engagement: comparative case studies / Harvey Goldstein, Verena Radinger-Peer and Sabine Sedlacek -- 15. The role of mid-range universities in knowledge transfer and regional development : the case of five central European regions / Zoltán Gál and Pavel Ptáček -- 16. Progress of academic knowledge-based entrepreneurship in three minor post- Soviet economies / Annamária Inzelt -- 17. The role of non-research universities in regional innovation systems in China / Yuzhuo Cai, Po Yang and Anu Lyytinen -- 18. Changing higher education systems through corporate social responsibility? A study on multinational enterprises' efforts to establish proto-institutions at vietnamese universities / Jöran Wrana, Moritz Breul and Javier Revilla Diez -- 19. Universities and innovation habitats in Brazil : cases of the pontifical catholic university of Rio de Janeiro and the federal university of Rio de Janeiro / Thiago Renault, Sérgio R. Yates, Leonardo Melo and José Manoel Carvalho de Mello -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Handbook of Universities and Regional Development offers a comprehensive and up-to-date insight into how academic institutions impact and enhance their surroundings. It also sheds light on universities as regional development actors from a historical perspective, both by introducing institutional changes and highlighting the interrelatedness of society, business and academia. Chapters provide comprehensive investigations into knowledge transfer mechanisms to explore the diverse ways in which ideas and intellectual property can flow between universities and businesses. Detailed comparative case studies from across the globe expose the highly contextual nature of interactions between academic institutions and their regions. Regional studies scholars will find this Handbook offers a thorough analysis of the topic, as well as a range of key interpretations on the relationships between universities and regional development. Providing important policy recommendations aimed at creating improved relations between academic institutions and their environment, this thought-provoking Handbook is key reading for regional policy makers as well as university managers and administrators"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9781788116695
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 527 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on strategic human capital resources
    DDC: 658.301
    Keywords: Humankapital ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Human capital ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Strategic human capital resources: a brief history, construct definition, and introduction to the handbook of research on strategic human capital resources / Thomas P. Moliterno and Anthony J. Nyberg -- Conceptualizing HCRS -- Part I: Value creation and value capture: rents starting point chapters -- 1. Setting base pay rates: integrating compensation practice with human capital value creation and value capture / Samantha A. Conroy -- 2. Rents from human capital complementarities: a relational view of value creation and value capture / Flore Bridoux and J. W. Stoelhorst Commentary Chapters -- 3. Commentary on "setting base pay rates: integrating compensation practice with human capital value creation and value capture" / Russell Coff and Clint Chadwick -- 4. Commentary on "rents from human capital complementarities: a relational view of value creation and value capture" / Clint Chadwick and Russell Coff -- Part II: Multilevel approaches: emergence starting point chapter -- 5. Human capital resource emergence: theoretical and methodological clarifications and a path forward / Rory Eckardt and Kaifeng Jiang -- Commentary chapters -- 6. Human capital resource emergence: reflections, insights, and recommendations / Steve W. J. Kozlowski -- 7. Human capital resource emergence: a commentary / Albert A. Cannella, Jr and Valerie A. Sy -- Part III: Isolating mechanisms: firm-specificity -- Starting point chapters -- 8. Specific human capital: a matching perspective / Ingo Weller -- 9. What are we isolating? Why human capital-based competitive advantage may not be so much about human capital / Ben Campbell and David Kryscynski -- Commentary chapters -- 10. Retaining valued human capital: a commentary on the role of firm-specificity as a mobility constraint / John E. Delery and Dorothea Roumpi -- Human resource management strategy and practice: from individual motivation to dynamic capabilities / David Lewin and David J. Teece -- Part IV: Complementarities: human and social capital -- Starting point chapters -- 12. How employees can better solve customer problems: a use value approach to human and social capital / Shad Morris and Scott Snell -- 13. Social capital and human capital co-emergence: a socialized view of emergent human capital resources / Alia Crocker -- Commentary chapters -- 14. The missing construct in strategic human capital research: humans / Patrick M. Wright and Spenser M. Essman -- 15. Agonistic relations, social capital, and (dis)complementarity in the emergence of human capital resources / Rhett A. Brymer and Michael A. Hitt -- Actuating hcrs -- Part V: Building SHCRS: hiring and acquiring -- Starting point chapters -- 16. Building human capital resources: hiring and acquiring / Rebecca R. Kehoe and F. Scott Bentley -- 17. Getting access to strategic human capital resources: a multiple strategic factor market approach / Arnaldo Camuffo and Federica De Stefano -- Commentary chapter -- 18. Towards a human-capital resource-based theory of the firm / Alison Mackey and Jay B. Barney -- Part VI: Mobilizing strategic human capital resources: teams -- Starting point chapters -- 19. Team motivation and goal (mis)alignment: the missing link in human capital resources research / Christopher O. L. H. Porter, Brittney Amber, and Ernie Wang -- 20. Mobilizing human capital to manage negative events / Y. Sekou Bermiss and Samantha Darnell -- Commentary chapters -- 21. The vital role of teams in the mobilization of strategic human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Gilad Chen -- 22. Organizational crisis: the need for transformative boards and top management teams / Margarethe Wiersema -- Part VII: Compensating strategic human capital resources: incentives -- Starting point chapters -- 23. A pay system model for turning human capital resources into action / Anthony J. Nyberg and Greg Reilly -- 24. Strategic compensation: a critique and research agenda / Ian Larkin Commentary Chapters -- 25. Commentary on larkin and nyberg and reilly / Barry Gerhart -- 26. (Unavoidable) dynamics in incentive design / Tomasz Obloj and Todd Zenger -- Part VIII: Keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility -- Starting point chapters -- 27. Keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility / John P. Hausknecht -- 28. Retention is not a strategic imperative: on the pros and cons of employee turnover / Christopher I. Rider and David Tan -- Commentary chapters -- 29. A commentary on "keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility" / Matthew Bidwell -- 30. Human enterprise / Rajshree Agarwal -- Conclusion -- 31. Human capital resources: a convergence of questions but divergence of answers / Anthony J. Nyberg, Robert E. Ployhart, and Thomas P. Moliterno -- Index.
    Abstract: "Strategic human capital resource is a relatively new construct with a scholarly literature that is still evolving. Work in this area requires the integration of multiple theoretical perspectives and empirical approaches, but that integration rarely occurs. Within these pages, the editors have combined the voices of leading scholars from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds to provide a comprehensive introduction to the current state of the field. The Handbook of Research on Strategic Human Capital Resources brings together fifty-one prominent Strategy, OB, HRM, and OT researchers who share a scholarly interest in human capital resources (HCR). These authors draw on their diverse expertise and backgrounds to explore two broad domains of questions: how do we conceptualize HCRs and how do we actuate HCRs in organizations? These two domains each comprise four topics, and each topic is examined through 'micro' and 'macro' perspectives. In this way, the authors in each topic area shine a light on commonalities and differences in their scholarly perspectives surrounding HCR theory and practice. The result is a foundational and definitive volume for understanding the current state and future directions of HCR research, making it invaluable for scholars interested in learning more about HCRs, doctoral students across a variety of fields, and practitioners"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9781788118958
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 343 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Infrastructure (Economics) ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Who owns, runs and pays for city infrastructure? -- 2. Financialising city infrastructure and governance -- 3. Towards city statecraft -- 4. City infrastructure provision and geographical inequalities in the UK's centralised state -- 5. Deal or no deal? Austerity, decentralisation and the city deals -- 6. Sell, hold or buy? Privatising, managing, owning, and acquiring city infrastructure assets -- 7. Fixing urban infrastructure in the London global city-region, undermining the rest of the UK? -- 8. Conclusions -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Infrastructure systems provide the services we all rely upon for our day-to-day lives. Through new conceptual work and fresh empirical analysis, this book investigates how financialisation engages with city governance and infrastructure provision, identifying its wider and longer-term implications for urban and regional development, politics and policy. Proposing a more people-oriented approach to answering the question of 'What kind of urban infrastructure, and for whom?', this book addresses the struggles of national and local governments to fund, finance and govern urban infrastructure. It develops new insights to explain the socially and spatially uneven mixing of managerial, entrepreneurial and financialised city governance in austerity and limited decentralisation across England. As urban infrastructure fixes for the London global city-region risk undermining national 'rebalancing' efforts in the UK, city statecraft in the rest of the country is having uneasily to combine speculation, risk-taking and prospective venturing with co-ordination, planning and regulation. This book will be of interest to researchers and scholars in the fields of business and management, economics, geography, planning, and political science. Its conclusions will be valuable to policymakers and practitioners in both the public and private sectors seeking insights into the intersections of financialisation, decentralisation and austerity in the UK, Europe and globally
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 1788116739 , 9781788116732 , 9781788116732
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 226 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Studies in Islamic finance, accounting and governance
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Studies in Islamic finance, accounting and governance series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 330.917/67
    Keywords: Economic development Religious aspects ; Islam ; Islamic ethics ; Economics Religious aspects ; Islam ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 2. Critical reflections on the development in the muslim world -- 3. Islamic moral economy and development -- 4. Justice and development within Islamic paradigm -- 5. A critical evaluation of the social and economic development performance of Islamic banks -- 6. Conceptualising the Islamic development process -- 7. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This book explores and analyses economic development within Islamic Moral Economy (IME), which is proposed as an alternative economic and social system to capitalism and socialism. It presents a new model of Islamic development based on the substantive morality of Islam via micro dynamics expressed through an Islamic framework of spiritual development. Shafiullah Jan and Mehmet Asutay argue that the observed development failures of Muslim countries to provide basic necessities and an environment free of oppression and injustice can be overcome with an authentic Islamic development framework and its corresponding value system explored in the book, rather than the existing Eurocentric theory and policy making. In addition, it identifies the theological, political, social and economic boundaries for changing society to produce IME oriented development. Utilising a novel approach to development in Islam, through its substantive ethical and moral framework, the authors critically examine and evaluate the progress of Islamic banking and finance institutions in relation to its aspirations as identified by IME. Advanced Islamic economics and finance scholars will find this a useful source as it explores the intersection between Islamic development and the moral economy. The book will also be a valuable reference for those seeking to align public policies with ethical and moral Islamic frameworks
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9781786436016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXII, 519 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of inclusive innovation
    DDC: 658.4/08
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Soziale Integration ; Sozialer Wandel ; Strategische Allianz ; Social responsibility of business ; Social change Economic aspects ; Social change Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Fallstudie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Inklusion ; Integration ; Innovationsprozess
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction -- 1. Inclusion and innovation : a call to action / Gerard George, Ted Baker, Paul Tracey and Havovi Joshi -- Part II: Social innovation in practice -- 2. A silent evolution : innovative and inclusive narratives on sustainability / Ana Cristina Campos Marques -- 3. Climate change and social innovation / Christopher Wright and Daniel Nyberg -- 4. Problem, person, and pathway : a framework for social innovators / Julie Battilana, Brittany Butler, Marissa Kimsey, Johanna Mair, Christopher Marquis and Christian Seelos -- 5. Inclusion and innovation in healthcare / Anita M McGahan -- 6. How do we know when social innovation works? A review and contingency model of social impact assessment / Greg Molecke and Anne-Claire Pache -- Part III: Community and place -- 7. Indigenous social innovation : what is distinctive? and a research agenda / Ana María Peredo, Murdith McLean, Crystal Tremblay -- 8. Urban innovation : at the nexus of urban policy and entrepreneurship / Jeffrey A. Robinson, Amol Joshi, Lutisha Vickerie-Dearman and Todd Inouye -- 9. Community social innovation : taking a long view on community enterprise / Neil Stott, Michelle Fava and Natalie Slawinski -- 10. Collective social innovation : leveraging custodianship, tradition and place on fogo island / M. Tina Dacin and Peter A. Dacin -- Part IV: Systems, institutions, and infrastructure -- 11. Coordinating infrastructure changes to meet retiring baby boomers' needs / David Souder -- 12. Sustainable technology-enabled innovations for ageing-in-place : the Singapore example / Hwee-Pink Tan and Hwee-Xian Tan -- 13. How firms bring social innovation and efficiency to the global effort to recover from disasters / Luis Ballesteros -- 14. The lack of public goods in emergent economies : a call for research and a case study of innovative organisational designs / Nuno Gil -- 15. Scaling up of social innovations : an institutional framework / Silvia Dorado and Pablo Fernández -- 16. Social innovation as institutional work / Warren Nilsson -- 17. Challenges for global supply chains and opportunities for social innovation / Yong H. Kim and Gerald F. Davis -- Part V: Individuals, organizations and organizing -- 18. Emotions as the glue, the fuel and the rust of social innovation / Charlene Zietsma and Madeline Toubiana -- 19. Income inequality : consequences and implications for social innovation / Xiang Zhou and Jason D. Shaw -- 20. Frugal innovation and social innovation : linked paths to achieving inclusion sustainably / Yasser Bhatti and Jaideep Prabhu -- 21. Climate change and entrepreneurship / Elizabeth Embry, Jessica Jones and Jeff York -- 22. A framework for sustaining hybridity in social enterprises : combining differentiating and integrating / Marya Besharov, Wendy Smith and Tiffany Darabi -- 23. Organizing for global change / Yves Plourde -- Part VI : Networks and social change -- 24. Collaborative governance / Ann Florini -- 25. Inclusive innovation through alliance networks / Arno Kourula -- 26. Social entrepreneurs as network orchestrators : a framework and research agenda on networks and leadership in the context of social innovation / Christian Busch and Harry Barkema -- 27. Empowerment, social innovation and social change / Helen M Haugh and Maggie O'Carroll -- Index.
    Abstract: Offering a comprehensive review of contemporary research on inclusive innovation, chapters address the systemic, structural issues that present the 'grand challenges' of our time. With 27 contributions from 57 expert scholars, this Handbook highlights both emerging practices and scalable solutions. Acting as a call to action, the chapters place social impact at the heart of theory and practice, providing fresh insight into global issues and practical solutions. Organized into five distinct sections to reflect current theoretical approaches and frameworks, contributions cover social innovation in practice; community and place; systems, institutions and infrastructure; individuals, organizations and organizing, and networks and social change. This Handbook emphasizes the fundamental shift needed in management scholarship to address global problems and achieve social impact by working towards the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. This will be an invaluable resource for those championing social inclusion in both research and practice, including innovation researchers and management scholars more broadly
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9781789903980
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 221 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Rigour and relevance in entrepreneurship research, resources and outcomes
    DDC: 338.04072
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Forschung ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Entrepreneurship Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Forschung ; Unternehmensentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: Rigour and relevance in European entrepreneurship research / Eddy Laveren, Robert Blackburn, Ulla Hytti and Hans Landström -- Part I: Rigour and relevance of entrepreneurship research -- 2. Relevance of entrepreneurship research / Johan Wiklund -- 3. The rigour - relevance debate: strategies to avoid creating an ivory tower in entrepreneurship research / Hans Landström -- 4. Introducing three academic conversations: critical entrepreneurship studies, entrepreneurship as practice and a radical processual approach to entrepreneurship / Piritta Parkkari and Karen Verduijn -- 5. Women and family firms: a state of the art literature review / Annalisa Sentuti, Francesca Maria Cesaroni and Serena Cubico -- Part II: Entrepreneurial mindset and intrapreneurial orientation -- 6. Toward a comprehensive measure of entrepreneurial mindset / Kelly G. Shaver and Immanuel Commarmond -- 7. Technology intrapreneurs - intrapreneurial orientation and potential of it students / Christine Blanka, David Rückel, Stefan Koch and Norbert Kailer -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behavior, resources and outcomes -- 8. Human capital, external relations, and early firm performance of technology-based start-ups / Hanna Rydehell, Anders Isaksson and Hans Löfsten -- 9. Disembeddedness, prior industry knowledge and opportunity creation processes / Caroline Wigren, Karin Hellerstedt, Maria Aggestam, Anna Stevenson and Ethel Brundin -- 10. "Dear crowd, let me tell you a story." The influence of emotions, authenticity and sense of community on entrepreneur's ability to acquire funds via crowdfunding / Amélie Wuillaume, Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 11. Freelancing and the struggle for work-time control / John Kitching and Marfuga Iskandarova -- Index.
    Abstract: "The applied nature of the field of entrepreneurship means it is crucial for scholars and researchers to connect with practitioners to ensure that their work has an impact on real-world activity. This insightful book examines the need to bridge the gap between scientific rigour in entrepreneurship research and its practical relevance to external stakeholders, and demonstrates clearly how this can be achieved in practice. Featuring cutting-edge research, Rigour and Relevance in Entrepreneurship Research, Resources and Outcomes presents and evaluates current critical approaches in the field, analysing their theoretical value and their relevance to policy and practice. Chapters examine these approaches through the lens of specific issues and circumstances such as intrapreneurship, freelancing, crowdfunding, family firms and technology-based start-ups, providing a variety of perspectives and exemplifying how pragmatic questions can productively influence research agendas. This book's up-to-date analysis and practical insight will prove invaluable to scholars and researchers in entrepreneurship as well as other business and management academics. Students at all levels in these fields will also find it useful for considering future research"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786432292
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 370
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Market failure
    Keywords: Marktversagen ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Marktversagen ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Competition ; Free enterprise Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Marktversagen
    Abstract: "The powerful theorems of welfare economics operate under a range of assumptions. Two of the most significant are the existence of competitive markets for all goods and services - including futures markets - and the unbounded rationality of all economic agents who act independently to maximize payoffs. In the contributions collected in this three-volume set, economists come to grips with the consequences of markets falling short of assumptions, as well as the response of institutions to observed market characteristics. Together with an original introduction by the editor, this comprehensive collection will be of interest to economists and policymakers who wish to understand the strengths and limitations of the market mechanism of resource allocation"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 372 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als From Russia 〈with〉 code
    DDC: 303.48/330947
    RVK:
    Keywords: Information technology Social aspects ; Computer software Development ; Social aspects ; Brain drain ; Hacking Social aspects ; Hacking Political aspects ; Russia (Federation) Emigration and immigration ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Russland ; Russen ; Informatiker ; Auswanderung ; Russland ; Informatiker ; Auswanderung
    Abstract: Before the collapse : programming cultures in the Soviet Union / Ksenia Tatarchenko -- From lurker to ninja : creating an IT community at Yandex / Marina Fedorova -- For code and country : civic hackers in contemporary Russia / Ksenia Ermoshina -- At the periphery of the empire : Vladivostok's IT industry / Alexandra Masalskaya and Zinaida Vasilyeva -- Kazan connected : "IT-ing" up a province / Alina Kontareva -- Hackerspaces and technoparks in Moscow / Aleksandra Simonova -- Siberian software developers / Andrey Indukaev -- E-Estonia reprogrammed : nation branding and children coding / Daria Savchenko -- Post-Soviet ecosystems of IT / Dmitry Zhikharevich -- Migrating step by step : Russian computer scientists in the UK / Irina Antoschyuk -- Brain drain and Boston's "upper-middle tech" / Diana Kurkovsky West -- Jews in Russia and Russians in Israel / Marina Fedorova -- Russian programmers in Finland : self-presentation in migration narratives / Lyubava Shatokhina
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: JSTOR
    URL: University of Alberta Access  ((Unlimited Concurrent Users))
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Durham : Duke University Press
    ISBN: 9781478007227
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (224 p.)
    Series Statement: Theory in Forms
    DDC: 320.01
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Decolonization / History / 20th century ; Democracy ; Political violence ; Postcolonialism ; PHILOSOPHY / Political ; Electronic books
    Abstract: In Necropolitics Achille Mbembe, a leader in the new wave of francophone critical theory, theorizes the genealogy of the contemporary world, a world plagued by ever-increasing inequality, militarization, enmity, and terror as well as by a resurgence of racist, fascist, and nationalist forces determined to exclude and kill. He outlines how democracy has begun to embrace its dark side---what he calls its "nocturnal body"---which is based on the desires, fears, affects, relations, and violence that drove colonialism. This shift has hollowed out democracy, thereby eroding the very values, rights, and freedoms liberal democracy routinely celebrates. As a result, war has become the sacrament of our times in a conception of sovereignty that operates by annihilating all those considered enemies of the state. Despite his dire diagnosis, Mbembe draws on post-Foucauldian debates on biopolitics, war, and race as well as Fanon's notion of care as a shared vulnerability to explore how new conceptions of the human that transcend humanism might come to pass. These new conceptions would allow us to encounter the Other not as a thing to exclude but as a person with whom to build a more just world
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Durham : Duke University Press
    ISBN: 9781478004370
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (168 p.) , 10 illustrations
    DDC: 301.01
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Anthropology / Methodology ; Anthropology / Philosophy ; Anthropology ; SOCIAL SCIENCE / Anthropology / Cultural & Social ; Electronic books
    Abstract: In a time of intense uncertainty, social strife, and ecological upheaval, what does it take to envision the world as it yet may be? The field of anthropology, Anand Pandian argues, has resources essential for this critical and imaginative task. Anthropology is no stranger to injustice and exploitation. Still, its methods can reveal unseen dimensions of the world at hand and radical experience as the seed of a humanity yet to come. A Possible Anthropology is an ethnography of anthropologists at work: canonical figures like Bronislaw Malinowski and Claude Lévi-Strauss, ethnographic storytellers like Zora Neale Hurston and Ursula K. Le Guin, contemporary scholars like Jane Guyer and Michael Jackson, and artists and indigenous activists inspired by the field. In their company, Pandian explores the moral and political horizons of anthropological inquiry, the creative and transformative potential of an experimental practice
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Durham : Duke University Press
    ISBN: 9781478007005
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (176 p.) , 20 illustrations
    Series Statement: Critical Global Health: Evidence, Efficacy, Ethnography
    DDC: 388.96883
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Consumption (Economics) / Environmental aspects / Botswana ; Economic development / Environmental aspects / Botswana ; HISTORY / Africa / South / General ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Under capitalism, economic growth is seen as the key to collective well-being. In Self-Devouring Growth Julie Livingston upends this notion, showing that while consumption-driven growth may seem to benefit a particular locale, it produces a number of unacknowledged, negative consequences that ripple throughout the wider world. Structuring the book as a parable in which the example of Botswana has lessons for the rest of the globe, Livingston shows how fundamental needs for water, food, and transportation become harnessed to what she calls self-devouring growth: an unchecked and unsustainable global pursuit of economic growth that threatens catastrophic environmental destruction. As Livingston notes, improved technology alone cannot stave off such destruction; what is required is a greater accounting of the web of relationships between humans, nonhuman beings, plants, and minerals that growth entails. Livingston contends that by failing to understand these relationships and the consequences of self-devouring growth, we may be unknowingly consuming our future
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9783658270100
    Language: German
    Pages: 1 online resource (605 pages)
    Series Statement: Sexuelle Gewalt in Kindheit und Jugend: Forschung Als Beitrag Zur Aufarbeitung Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 303.60942999999997
    Keywords: Violence-Germany ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Vorwort -- Zusammenfassung -- Inhaltsverzeichnis -- Abbildungsverzeichnis -- Tabellenverzeichnis -- 1 Einführung -- 1.1 Anlass der Beauftragung und Zielsetzung -- 1.2 Einordnung des Gutachtens in den Gesamtzusammenhang der Aufarbeitung -- 1.3 Methoden -- 1.3.1 Methodische Vorarbeiten und gesamthafte Vorgehensweise -- 1.3.2 Informationsbeschaffung -- 1.3.3 Datenauswertung -- 1.3.4 Berichtserstellung -- 1.4 Bewertung der Transparenz und Kooperationsbereitschaft -- 2 Daten &amp -- Fakten: Was ist geschehen? -- 2.1 Zusammenfassung -- 2.2 Vorbemerkungen -- 2.2.1 Das Phänomen unterschiedlicher Erinnerungen -- 2.2.2 Definition und Typologie der Gewalt -- 2.2.3 Die Herausforderung einer adäquaten Beschreibung der Vorfälle -- 2.3 Gesamtstatistik -- 2.3.1 Allgemeine statistische Daten -- 2.3.2 Opferstatistik -- 2.3.3 Täterstatistik -- 2.4 Vorschule Etterzhausen/Pielenhofen -- 2.4.1 Allgemeine Einschätzungen der Opfer -- 2.4.1.1 Metaphorische Beschreibungen -- 2.4.1.2 Resümierende Beschreibungen -- 2.4.1.3 Charakterisierende Begriffe -- 2.4.1.4 Weitere Einschätzungen -- 2.4.2 Anlässe für Vorfälle -- 2.4.2.1 Allgemeine Anlässe -- 2.4.2.2 Anlässe im Tagesablauf -- 2.4.2.2.1 Struktur des Tagesablaufs -- 2.4.2.2.2 Antreten -- 2.4.2.2.3 Duschen und Waschen -- 2.4.2.2.4 Messe -- 2.4.2.2.5 Essen -- 2.4.2.2.6 Schule -- 2.4.2.2.7 Musikunterricht -- 2.4.2.2.8 Musiküben -- 2.4.2.2.9 Freizeit -- 2.4.2.2.10 Schlafen -- 2.4.2.2.11 Beichte -- 2.4.2.2.12 Kontrollen -- 2.4.2.2.13 Gebote und Verbote -- 2.4.2.2.14 Heimweh und Flucht -- 2.4.3 Beschuldigte -- 2.4.3.1 Direktor Etterzhausen/Pielenhofen -- 2.4.3.2 Präfekt Etterzhausen/Pielenhofen -- 2.4.3.3 Weitere Beschuldigte -- 2.4.3.3.1 Schule -- 2.4.3.3.2 Chor und Musikerziehung -- 2.4.3.3.3 Internat -- 2.4.4 Formen der Gewalt -- 2.4.4.1 Physische Gewalt -- 2.4.4.2 Psychische Gewalt -- 2.4.4.3 Soziale Gewalt.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham; UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781785367380
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 413 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Victor, Peter A., 1946 - Managing without growth
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftspolitisches Ziel ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Economic development Social aspects ; Economic development Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Kritik ; Grenzen des Wachstums ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. The idea of economic growth -- 2. Why manage without growth? -- 3. Systems, information and prices -- 4. Pricing nature -- 5. Limits to growth - sources -- 6. Limits to growth - sinks and services -- 7. Limits to growth - synthesis -- 8. Scale, composition and technology -- 9. Economic growth and happiness -- 10. The disappointments of economic growth -- 11. Managing without growth: exploring possibilities -- 12. Managing without growth: from simulations to reality -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Ten years after the publication of the first edition of this influential book, the evidence is even stronger that human economies are overwhelming the regenerative capacity of the planet. This book explains why long-term economic growth is infeasible, and why, especially in advanced economies, it is also undesirable. Simulations based on real data show that managing without growth is a better alternative. The book tells how the recent idea of economic growth emerged from the idea of progress, itself only a few hundred years old. Many reasons for questioning growth are given based on an extensive review of the data as well as on conceptual and methodological considerations. The experience of growth in several countries is documented, compared and found wanting. Possibilities for managing without growth in high income economies are simulated with a new, comprehensive systems model with many novel features. Three 50 year scenarios are compared: a base case, an ambitious greenhouse gas reduction scenario, and a sustainable prosperity scenario with broader environmental objectives, reduced income inequality, shorter working hours and the cessation of economic growth. The book closes with a review of policies to make this scenario a reality. This updated book is a valuable resource for a broad academic audience, including students and researchers in economics, environmental studies, environmental science, business studies, and geography, as well as social justice groups and NGOs concerned with the environment, inequality and employment
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9781788973465 , 1788973461
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 204 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bergeijk, Peter A. G. van, 1959 - Deglobalization 2.0
    RVK:
    Keywords: Globalisierung ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Kritik ; Konjunktur ; Welt ; Globalization Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Kritik ; Populismus ; Protektionismus ; Wirtschaftspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Spoilers -- 2. Setting the stage -- 3. Deglobalization is not new! -- 4. What drives deglobalization? -- 5. Is deglobalization good or bad? -- 6. The future of deglobalization -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: The rapid integration of global governments, businesses and capital has faced a dramatic and often hostile backlash in recent years. As populist agendas worldwide gain momentum, Deglobalization 2.0 explores the key drivers of reactionary movements. From the 'Make America Great Again' movement in the US, to Continental European populism, Peter van Bergeijk explains the critical catalysts of anti-globalization sentiment. Through a historical lens, this book draws out similarities and differences between contemporary developments and the economic crises of the 1930s, offering a unique understanding of the political and economic drivers of deglobalization. Focusing on wealth inequality, social uncertainty and international competition for economic supremacy, van Bergeijk examines and offers answers for the lacunae in the globalization debate. Provocative, insightful and accessible, this book confronts the deglobalization issue as a matter of real urgency and is thus vital reading for policy makers and managers working in international affairs and economic relations. It also offers guidance for academics in international economics and relations moving into the uncharted territory of deglobalization processes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9781785365003
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutions and evolution of capitalism
    Keywords: Hodgson, Geoffrey M. ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Institutionenökonomik ; Evolutionsökonomik ; Capitalism ; Capitalism History ; Financial institutions ; Electronic books ; Festschrift ; Institutionenökonomie ; Evolutorische Wirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Introduction -- 1: Institutions and evolution of capitalism in Geoff Hodgson's work / Francesca Gagliardi and David Gindis -- Part II: Foundations -- 2: Geoff hodgson on pluralism and historical specificity / Sheila C. Dow -- 3: Mathematical modelling in economics: Seeking a rationale / Tony Lawson -- 4: Dissembling nature, elusive economy / Philip Mirowski -- 5: The rest of the resume: Veblen's teaching and service activities / Charles Camic -- 6: Hodgson, cumulative causation and reflexive economic agents / John B. Davis -- Part III: Institutional economics -- 7: Bridging original and new institutional economics? / John Groenewegen -- 8: Dimensionalizing institutions / Claude Ménard -- 9: Juridical ontology and the theory of the firm / Simon Deakin -- 10 the corporation is not a nexus of contracts: It's an iphone / Richard N. Langlois -- 11: Property, possession and knowledge / Ugo Pagano -- 12: Near misses - a capitalist aborted take-off and a no-show: The united provinces and ming China / Andrew Tylecote -- 13: Institutions are neither autistic maximizers nor flocks of birds: Self-organization, power and learning in human organizations / Giovanni Dosi, Luigi Marengo and Alessandro Nuvolari -- Part IV: Evolutionary economics -- 14: Industry and trade : Marshall's magnificent dynamics / J. Stanley Metcalfe -- 15: Generalized Darwinism, the nature of selection and market efficiency / J.W. Stoelhorst -- 16: Cultural evolution, group selection and downward causation / Viktor J. Vanberg -- 17: Generalized Darwinism, routines and morality / Jack Vromen -- 18: The ubiquity of habits and routines and their contribution to management theory / Markus C. Becker -- 19: The role of selection processes in organizational evolution / Thorbjørn Knudsen -- 20: Why is evolutionary economics not an empirical science? / Kurt Dopfer and Jason Potts -- Part V: Geoff Hodgson on Geoff Hodgson -- 21: A conversation with Geoff Hodgson / Francesca Gagliardi, David Gindis and Geoffrey M. Hodgson -- Index.
    Abstract: "Geoff Hodgson has made substantial contributions to institutional and evolutionary economics, economic methodology, the history of economic thought and social theory. To mark his seminal work, this book features original contributions by world-leading scholars from fields that have played a significant role in influencing his thinking or represent key debates to which he has contributed. Building on some of the central philosophical and methodological foundations underlying Hodgson's thinking, the book is organised around the recurring themes of institutions, evolution and capitalism. The contributors explore key connections between philosophy, the history of economic thought, and institutional and evolutionary economics in the light of Hodgson's often path-breaking work. A vital read for institutional, evolutionary and heterodox economists, this book sheds new light on Hodgson's position in these fields. Drawing together critical insights, this is also an important book for economic scholars looking to improve their understanding of current theory"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112574
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 374 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainable innovation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovation ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Techniksoziologie ; Technologiepolitik ; Innovationsmanagement ; Technikfolgenabschätzung ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Innovationsakzeptanz ; Sustainable development ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. An Introduction: Mapping the field(s) of sustainable innovation / Frank Boons and Andrew McMeekin -- Part I: Visions of sustainable innovation -- 2. How does innovation sustain 'sustainable innovation'? / Benoît Godin and Gérald Gaglio -- 3. Innovation in the circular and the performance economy / Walter R. Stahel -- Part II: Sustainable innovation at the firm level -- 4. Determinants of eco-innovation at the firm level / Jens Horbach -- 5. Taxonomy and dimensions of eco-innovation from a resource-based perspective / Javier Carrillo-Hermosilla, Christoph P. Kiefer and Pablo del Río -- 6. Strategies and drivers of sustainable business model innovation / Florian Lüdeke-Freund, Stefan Schaltegger and Krzysztof Dembek -- 7. Sustainable innovation in business models: Celebrated but not interrogated / Oksana Mont, Katherine Whalen and Julia Nussholz -- Part III: Governance and policy of sustainable innovation -- 8. Reviewing responsible research and innovation: Lessons for a sustainable innovation research agenda? / Eefje Cuppen, Elisabeth van de Grift and Udo Pesch -- 9. Policy mixes for sustainable innovation: Conceptual considerations and empirical insights / Karoline S. Rogge -- 10. Firms, institutions and politics: The role of corporate political activity in sustainable innovation / Jonatan Pinkse -- Part IV: Sustainable innovation as systems change -- 11. Technological innovation systems: A review of recent findings and suggestions for future research / Anna Bergek -- 12. An institutional perspective on sustainability transitions / Lea Fuenfschilling -- Part V: Users and practices of sustainable innovation -- 13. The role of users in sustainable innovation / Geert Verbong, Bram Verhees and Anna Wieczorek -- 14. Sustainable innovation, consumption and everyday life / Jo Mylan -- Part VI: Sites and domains of sustainable innovation -- 15. Sustainable innovation as a challenge for urban governance / Harald Rohracher and Michael Ornetzeder -- 16. Innovation and ecological impact: The case of automobility / Peter Wells -- Part VII: Research methods for sustainable innovation -- 17. Sustainable innovation research methods / Floortje Alkemade -- 18. Advances in modelling sustainable innovation: From technology bias to system theories and behavioural dynamics / Jonathan Köhler -- 19 the impact of circular economy / Dionne Ewen, Karen Maas and Helen Toxopeus -- 20. Conclusion / Frank Boons and Andrew McMeekin -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Handbook of Sustainable Innovation maps the multiple lineages of research and understanding that constitute academic work on how technological change relates to sustainable practices of production and consumption. Leading academics contribute by mapping the general evolution of this academic field, our understanding of sustainable innovation at the firm, user, and systems level, the governance of sustainable innovation, and the methodological approaches used. The Handbook explores the distinctiveness of sustainable innovation and concludes with suggestions for generating future research avenues that exploit the current diversity of work while seeking increased systemic insight. This unique and original book will have a broad appeal among scholars, researchers and advanced students interested in innovation, environmental studies and technological transitions"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973564
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 302 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gherardi, Silvia, 1949 - How to conduct a practice-based study
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensorganisation ; Organisationsforschung ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Management ; Management ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Electronic books ; Management ; Organisatorisches Lernen
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Practice as accomplishment -- 2. Practice as collective knowledgeable doing -- 3. Practice as sensible knowing -- 4. Practice as sociomateriality -- 5. The normative infrastructure of practices -- 6. Talking while practicing -- 7. Practices as socially sustained -- 8. The texture of practices -- 9. Tricks of the trade -- 10. Towards a posthumanist practice theory of organizing -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: This thoroughly revised, extended and updated second edition of Silvia Gherardi's classic book gives the reader a must-read orientation through the myriad of methods and styles involved in practice-based research. Practice-based approaches to knowing, learning, innovating, and managing have thrived in recent years. Calling upon numerous narratives from a range of research fields, the author offers insight into the many possibilities of practice research, highlighting the inextricable links between humans and technology as the key emergent trend in management studies. Developing an innovative posthumanist approach, this novel book offers a useful and insightful compass for the navigation of practice-based studies through the lens of exemplar vignettes from internationally acclaimed researchers. A valuable and instructive work, this book is critical to any scholars of practice theories, as well as management and organizational studies and those with a keen interest in research methods. Masters students seeking insight into the development of practice-based studies, and PhD researchers developing their own methodologies will also find the guidance of this book indispensable in their studies
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 249-294
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9781788973229
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 205 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International comparative employee relations
    DDC: 658.315
    Keywords: Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Industrial relations ; Industrial relations Cross-cultural studies ; International business enterprises Personnel management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / by Richard Hyman -- Acknowledgements -- Introduction: The language and culture perspective in employee relations / Karl Koch and Pietro Manzella -- Part I: Comparative employee relations in context -- 1: Employee relations in context: Globalization, uncertainties, and dynamics of change / Aurora Trif and Valentina Paolucci -- 2: Comparative employee relations: An overview of contemporary developments and scholarship / Chris Brewster -- 3: A new approach: The incorporation of culture, language and translation elements in comparative employee relations / Pietro Manzella and Karl Koch -- Part II: Employee relations in the national context -- 4: Employee relations and harmony in China / Jing Xi -- 5: Culture, language and translation in comparative employee relations: The case of the Italian caporalato / Pietro Manzella -- 6: Plant-level employee representation in Germany: Is the german works council a management stooge or the representative voice of the workforce? / Michael Whittall and Rainer Trinczek -- 7: Individualism, democracy and conflict in the USA / Peter Norlander -- 8: Fragmented democracy and employee participation in nigeria / John Opute -- 9: Exploring 'bundles' of employment practices: Culture, language and translation perspectives / Susanne Tietze -- Index.
    Abstract: "Employee relations in national contexts are significantly influenced not only by material forces but also by cultural and linguistic factors that are often highly nationally specific. In this innovative book, culture and language are analysed in terms of how they affect employee relations internationally, demonstrating the importance of recognising and understanding these elements in the face of increasing globalisation. International Comparative Employee Relations first examines the subject from a broader international perspective, discussing the impact of cultural context on common areas such as labour law and collective bargaining, and exploring the issues of translating these concepts, as well as surveying current scholarship in the field. In later chapters, case studies from China, Italy, Germany, the USA and Nigeria provide specific examples of the cultural and linguistic complexity and diversity of employee relations both within and between nations. Scholars and students of international business management, particularly those with an interest in comparative employment relations or comparative human resource management, will find this book insightful. It will also prove useful for practitioners working in areas such as cross-cultural management and translation"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784719609
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 354 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Kwon, O-yul, 1936 - Social trust and economic development
    DDC: 338.9519500905
    Keywords: Wirtschaftslage ; Soziale Lage ; Entwicklung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Südkorea ; Economic development ; Korea (South) Economic conditions 2002- ; Korea (South) Social conditions 21st century ; Electronic books ; Südkorea ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Vertrauen
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I: Socioeconomic developments and social trust in Korea -- 1. Social trust: its concepts, determinants, roles, and raising ways -- 2. Recent economic development and emerging social issues in Korea -- 3. Social evolution in conjunction with economic development in Korea -- 4. Social trust and economic development in Korea -- 5. Economic bipolarization and its effects on society in Korea -- Part II: Recent developments in social trust and their socioeconomic effects in Korea -- 6. Interpersonal trust -- 7. Social trust in government -- 8. Social trust in business -- 9. Social trust in labor -- Index.
    Abstract: "In just one generation, South Korea has transformed from a recipient of foreign aid to a member of the G20. In this informative book, South Korea is used as a case by which to explore and illustrate specific issues arising from the complex relationships between the nation's economic development and society. O. Yul Kwon considers the task of achieving sustainable and equitable social and economic development in South Korea. Kwon presents an in-depth analysis from macro perspectives as well as examining micro-level relationships between economic development and social trust in the recent past. Grounded in empirical research of Korean society and economy, Kwon offers practical suggestions by which to achieve sustainable and equitable development in South Korea. This insightful and timely book provides valuable information for a scholarly audience interested in South Korean history, economics and society, and for researchers investigating the significance of the relationship between economic development and society as well as social trust"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786433503
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 280 Seiten)
    Edition: 3. Auflage
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Islamisches Finanzsystem ; Theorie ; Finance ; Finance ; Islamic countries ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- 1. Why Islamic finance? -- 2. Islamic law -- 3. The Islamic economy -- 4. Forms of Islamic finance -- 5. Islamic banks -- 6. Special sectors -- 7. Public finance, monetary policy and banking supervision -- 8. A tentative verdict and a question mark -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book investigates the ideas and concepts that drive and shape Islamic finance. Hans Visser covers recent developments and explores tensions between belief systems and market demands, to consider the future of Islamic finance in the modern marketplace. In this updated third edition, Visser reviews the numerous products, institutions and markets offered by Islamic finance, situating them in the competitive contemporary environment. This incisive book questions the conceptual differences that have been established between Islamic finance and conventional finance, drawing attention instead to how the former imitates the latter. Offering a critical assessment of the claims of the ethical superiority of Islamic finance frequently made by its advocates, Visser further discusses the ways in which fiscal and monetary policy can be adapted to Islamic financial institutions. Concise, yet comprehensive in scope, this book offers new directions for economics and finance students interested in alternatives to conventional finance, as well as students of Islamic finance and Islam studies more broadly. International bankers, financial journalists and politicians will find Visser's succinct exploration of Islamic finance and financial institutions invaluable"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788117739
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on identity theory in marketing
    DDC: 658.80019
    Keywords: Markentreue ; Persönlichkeitspsychologie ; Kreativität ; Marketingmanagement ; Branding (Marketing) ; Identity (Philosophical concept) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction. The long and winding road to understanding identity theory and marketing -- Americus Reed II and Mark Forehand -- Quick chapter overviews -- Part I: The identity salience principle -- 1. Identity salience: understanding when identity affects consumption / Keri L. Kettle -- 2. Nobody has to lose: introducing the concurrent identity and goal activation (CIGA) framework / Juliano Laran -- 3. An evolutionary approach to identity research / Aziza C. Jones, Kristina M. Durante and Vladas Griskevicius -- 4. How signaling motives and identity salience influence luxury consumption / Keith Wilcox -- 5. The role of identity salience in creative thinking / Ravi Mehta, Lidan Xu and Darren W. Dahl -- 6. Branding virtuous victimhood: how activating the salience of a consumer's moral identity motivates resource transfers to victim groups / Maja Graso, Karl Aquino and Ekin Ok -- Part II: The identity association principle -- 7. Implicit egocentrism in consumer behavior / Scott Connors and Andrew W. Perkins -- 8. Reminiscing on self-brand connections: differentiating experiential versus symbolic origins / Jennifer Edson Escalas, Iñigo Gallo and Tarje Gaustad -- 9. Ownership and identity: a cognitive perspective / Gita Venkataramani Johar, Jaeyeon Chung and Liad Weiss -- 10. Temporal identity and the pursuit of self-enhancement / Sokiente W. Dagogo-Jack -- 11. A framework for considering dissociative identity effects in consumption / Bonnie Simpson, Lea Dunn and Katherine White -- Part III: The identity verification principle -- 12. Identity and compensatory consumption / Derek D. Rucker and Christopher Cannon -- 13. Associations matter: revisiting the threat typology model / Katie Spangenberg and Justin Angle -- 14. Memory pointers and identity / Gal Zauberman, Kristin Diehl and Alixandra Barasch -- 15. Identity, personal continuity and psychological connectedness across time and over transformation / Oleg Urminsky and Daniel Bartels -- 16. How technology shapes identity-based consumer behavior / Eugina Leung, Gabriele Paolacci and Stefano Puntoni -- 17. Identity verification through pain in extraordinary consumer experiences / Rebecca Scott, Katharina C. Husemann and Tim Hill -- 18. The creation of identity and brand meaning: the automatic versus creative use of mental models in language / Colette Lelchuk, Marianne Gordon, Torsten Ringberg and David Luna -- Part IV: The identity conflict principle -- 19. The role of self-structure in managing identity conflict / Karen Page Winterich, Nicole Verrochi Coleman and Sara Loughran Dommer -- 20. Causal beliefs in the self-concept and identity-based consumption / Stephanie Y. Chen -- 21. No (wo)man is an island: dyadic decision-making and identity conflict / Hristina Nikolova and Cait Lamberton -- 22. Cultural identities in the era of globalization: implications for consumer behavior / Carlos J. Torelli and Hyewon Oh -- 23. Prevalence, antecedents and consequences of actual-desired attitude discrepancies / S. Christian Wheeler and Kenneth G. DeMarree -- Part V: The identity relevance principle -- 24. Religious identity in marketing / Joseph E. Barbour, Naomi Mandel and Adam B. Cohen -- 25. Political ideology: basis for a dynamic social identity / Donnel A. Briley, Kiju Jung and Shai Danziger -- 26. Identity in the digital age / Lauren Grewal and Andrew T. Stephen -- 27. The role of identity relevance in the retail environment / Jennifer Argo -- 28. Identity and charitable giving: the six-self framework / Jen Shang -- 29. Children's materialism and identity development / Lan Nguyen Chaplin, L.J. Shrum and Tina M. Lowrey -- 30. Identity-based perceptions of others' consumption choices / Jenny G. Olson, Brent McFerran, Andrea C. Morales and Darren W. Dahl -- 31. When do identity-relevant symbols backfire? An exploration of identity-symbolic fixed and malleable connotations / Tracy Rank-Christman and Geraldine Rosa Henderson -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Handbook of Research on Identity Theory in Marketing features cutting-edge research that delves into the origins and consequences of identity loyalty and organizes these insights around five basic identity principles that span nearly every consumer marketing subdomain. The Handbook explores [1] what makes an identity come to mind [2] what creates strong associations between identities and products [3] how consumers use brands to verify who they are or want to become [4] how consumption enhances or resolves conflict amongst identities and [5] how marketing and consumption becomes particularly relevant to particular identities. Each of these five principles are fully analyzed by a who's who of world-class international marketing scholars. This Handbook is a comprehensive and state of the art treatment of identity and marketing: An authoritative and practical guide for academics, brand managers, marketers, public policy advocates and even intellectually curious consumers"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789901627
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 271 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hodgson, Geoffrey M., 1946 - Is Socialism feasible?
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Socialism ; Electronic books ; Sozialismus ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie ; Marktwirtschaft ; Wirtschaftsplanung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I: Socialism, markets and democracy -- 1. What does socialism mean? -- 2. Small socialism requires frugality or markets -- 3. Big socialism brings stagnation and despotism -- 4. Knowledge, complexity and the limits to planning -- Part II: Towards a feasible alternative: Liberal solidarity -- 5. Social knowledge and freedom to choose -- 6. The limits and indispensability of states and markets -- 7. Varieties of capitalism: The realms of the possible -- 8. The making of liberal solidarity -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "After being proclaimed dead, there is now a major revival of socialist ideology in the West. But what does socialism mean? This book shows that it is irretrievably associated with common ownership. The twentieth-century experience of comprehensive national planning with state ownership has been disastrous, and in no case has democracy endured within large-scale socialism. This volume explains why. The alternative socialist option of worker-owned cooperatives must accept a major role for markets that many socialists reject. Featuring theoretical arguments and practical investigations, Geoffrey M. Hodgson interrogates the failures of socialist states, scrutinizing the impact and outcomes of a centralized politico-economic system. This timely and convincing book offers insight into the twentieth-century experience of comprehensive national planning, deploying less-well-known criticisms from Albert Schaffle and Michael Polanyi. Hodgson's nuanced approach brings together small-scale socialist praxis and principles of liberal solidarity, exploring an experimental approach to political and economic reform. Provocative, insightful and accessible, this book is of considerable interest to any reader with an appetite for the history of socialist theory, as well as those keen to explore new insights to heterodox economics. Students and academics of the social sciences and humanities will benefit from this book's rigorous empirical approach to historic and contemporary socialist states and its in-depth discussion of Austrian school theory"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9781789902600
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 186 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 338.94
    Keywords: Economic assistance, European ; Economic assistance, European ; Economic policy ; Europe ; European Union countries ; European Union countries Economic policy ; European Union countries Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Financing economic and social cohesion -- 1. Funding European solidarity / Ewald Nowotny, Doris Ritzberger-Grünwald, Helene Schuberth -- 2. The role of the European Union in fostering convergence / Benoît Cœuré -- Part II: The role of monetary policy in catching-up -- 3. Monetary policy and catching-up in CESEE / Anita Angelovska Bezhoska -- 4. Some considerations about the impact of monetary policy on economic convergence / Mugur Isărescu -- 5. Nominal versus real convergence: Bulgaria's practical approach toward euro adoption / Dimitar Radev -- Part III: Cohesion within and between countries -- 6. Strengthening economic convergence in Europe / Jeffrey D. Sachs -- 7. Trust and cohesion in Europe: Lessons from the Delian League / Athanasios Orphanides -- Part IV: The role of the EU budget -- 8. The next EU budget and the financing of cohesion policy / Sándor Richter -- 9. Strengthening added value and sustainability-orientation in the EU budget / Margit Schratzenstaller-Altzinger -- 10. EU budget: How to deliver more with less? The case for financial instruments / Stéphane Saurel -- Part V: Industrial policy and investment -- 11. Deindustrialization, job polarization and ageing in emerging / Europe Ralph De Haas, Martin Höflmayr -- 12. Mind the gap: How does the flow of EU funds match structural investment gaps in CESEE? / Tomáš Slačík -- 13. Improving host countries' investment environment: Is the national supply side really the right focus? / Andrew Watt -- Index.
    Abstract: "How can financial flows help the EU fulfil its mandate to promote economic, social and territorial cohesion, and solidarity among Member States enshrined in the EU Treaty? Dissecting the complexity of cohesion, this book examines the factors that matter most for the functioning of the Economic and Monetary Union and the convergence of Central, Eastern and Southeastern European (CESEE) countries. This insightful and timely book brings together central bankers, policy makers and academics to discuss how to best advance and fund the catching-up process of the euro area and CESEE countries. Focusing on a modern understanding of industrial policy - which fosters skills, innovation and infrastructure - contributors highlight how the EU's regional policy can better meet persistent investment needs. Critical and comprehensive, this book is crucial reading for researchers at all levels focusing on policy reform in emerging European economies. Central bankers and policy experts in public or international organizations will also benefit from this book's contemporary perspective on monetary and industrial policies"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978835
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 225 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Puaschunder, Julia M., 1979 - Intergenerational equity
    DDC: 339.2
    Keywords: Generationengerechtigkeit ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Equality ; Distribution (Economic theory) ; Leadership ; Intergenerational relations Economic aspects ; Intergenerational relations ; Social responsibility of business ; Investments Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Überschuldung ; Öffentliche Schulden ; Global Governance
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Intergenerational equity -- 3. Eternal equity in the fin-de-millenaire -- 4. Social responsibility -- 5. Global governance -- 6. Socially responsible investment (SRI) -- 7. Recommendations -- 8. Overall discussion -- 9. Implementation -- 10. Discussion -- 11. Conclusion -- 12. References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Exploring a topic of growing importance that has scant coverage, Intergenerational Equity brings to the fore a comprehensive discussion of intergenerational predicaments. The book explores how corporate and financial social responsibility can leverage intergenerational harmony through Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Socially Responsible Investment (SRI). A warming earth under climate change, overindebtedness crises and demographic aging of a Western world population are putting pressure on future generations. Transparency and accountability are key for monitoring corporate and financial social responsibility in the interplay of public and private actors to ensure a sustainable humankind and intergenerational harmony. The author discusses the human constituents of responsibility and the international emergence of CSR, paying special attention to global governance multi-stakeholder partnerships. The rise of SRI in the international arena in the wake of stakeholder activism and intrinsic socio-psychological motives of socially responsible investors are also outlined and the role of leadership, trust and managerial ethics accentuated. Scholars, executives and readers motivated by the desire to improve corporate and financial market activities will benefit from this insightful and valuable book"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789903751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 335 Seiten)
    Series Statement: The ILO future of work series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Telework in the 21st century
    Keywords: Telearbeit ; Welt ; Telecommuting ; Work environment ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Telearbeit
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Telework in the 21st century - an evolutionary perspective / Jon C. Messenger -- Part I: Advanced economies -- 1: Telework and its effects in Europe / Lutz Gschwind and Oscar Vargas -- 2: Telework and its effects in Japan / Akio Sato -- 3: Telework and its effects in the United States / Kate Lister and Tom Harnish -- Part II: Emerging economies -- 4: Telework and its effects in Argentina / Sonia Boiarov -- 5: Telework and its effects in Brazil / Alvaro Mello and Armando Dal Colletto -- 6: Organization advantage: Experience of telework in India / Ernesto Noronha and Premilla D'Cruz -- 7: Conclusions and recommendations for policy and practice / Jon C. Messenger -- Index.
    Abstract: "New information and communications technologies have revolutionized daily life and work in the 21st century. This insightful book demonstrates how telework has evolved in the last four decades, as technological developments have improved our capacity to work remotely. Based on a new conceptual framework, this book explores the global variations in telework, examining the effects on working conditions and individual and organizational performance. Breaking the traditional intellectual conception that telework is performed only in the home, this book surveys the full breadth of working environments, as technology allows employees increased working mobility. Contributors expose a profound ambiguity surrounding the effects of 21st-century telework, revealing that its advantages and disadvantages may simply be two sides of the same coin. This timely book is crucial reading for researchers of labour and employment interested in the evolution of contemporary telework and the influence of modern technologies in the workplace. Policy-makers will also benefit from this book's concrete policy recommendations to improve the practice of telework"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112352
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 400 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Big data
    DDC: 005.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Big data ; Industrial management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Data Mining ; Prädiktionsanalyse ; Privatsphäre ; Datenschutz ; Wissensextraktion ; Big Data
    Abstract: Contents: 1 The promise, application and pitfalls of big data / John Storm Pedersen and Adrian Wilkinson -- 2: Man versus cyborg / Vladimir Estivill-Castro -- 3: Big data and application / Patrick Mikalef -- 4: Big data and human resource management / Tobias M. Scholz -- 5: Big data in the energy industry -- Petyo Bonev and Magnus Söderberg -- 6: A brief Introduction to 'big data' and its application in tourism -- Ali Reza Alaei and Susanne Becken -- 7: Big data in government: The case of 'smart cities' / Karl Löfgren and William Webster -- 8: Cyborg bureaucracy: frontline work in digitalized labor and welfare services / Eric Breit, Cathrine Egeland and Ida Bring L.berg -- 9: Data analytics and health services quality: Implementing ehealth initiatives wisely / Peter Ross, Therese Kelly, Sanjeev Hiremath and Adrian Wilkinson -- 10: Data-driven management in practice in the digital welfare state / John Storm Pedersen -- 11: Social work in the danish digitalized welfare state - and the use of digital technologies for professional knowledge in child services / Anna Olejasz Lyneborg -- 12: Big data in social welfare / Philip Gillingham -- 13: Big data and data governance: From the 'world of ideas' to the 'world of practice' / Anders Sandgaard -- 14: Artificial reality: the practice of analytics and big data in educational research / Ben Kei Daniel -- 15: The digital welfare state: dataism versus relationshipism / John Storm Pedersen -- 16: Big data in political communication / Peter Aagaard -- 17: Rumour detection in social media / Henry Nguyen and Bela Stantic -- 18: Big data and professionals: what we can learn from michael polanyi / Giorgio Baruchello -- Index.
    Abstract: "Since the early 2000s, digital data has transformed the way we live and work. This timely book looks to big data analytics to understand this revolutionary change, unpacking the impact of big data analytics on the mobilization and allocation of individuals, organizations and societies' resources. Contributions from leading experts on modern technological trends examine the promises, applications and pitfalls of big data. The contributors assess the ways in which contemporary trajectories of data processing have increased efficiency and had a transformative effect on all avenues of life, from energy, tourism and social media, to human resources, welfare systems and urban citizenship. At a time when our personal data is more valuable than ever, this book seeks to make sense of how big data analytics has transformed our lives and how it will continue to shape society in the future. Astute and comprehensive, this book is critical reading for business and management scholars with a focus on information systems and communications technologies. It will also prove to be vital information for students and researchers of big data and digital society, as well as politics and administration more widely"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118859 , 1788118855
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 369
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutions and economic development
    Keywords: Institutionenökonomik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Institutionenökonomik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Economic development ; Institutional economics ; Financial institutions Economic aspects ; Politics, Practical Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Daron Acemoglu and Simon Johnson (2005), 'Unbundling institutions', Journal of political economy, 113 (5), October, 949-95 1 -- 2. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2001), 'The colonial origins of comparative development: an empirical investigation', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1369-401 48 -- 3. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2002), 'Reversal of fortune: geography and institutions in the making of the modern world income distribution', Quarterly journal of economics, 117 (4), November, 1231-94 81 -- 4. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2005), 'Institutions as a fundamental cause of long-run growth', in Philippe Aghion and Steven N. Durlauf (eds) Handbook of economic growth, Chapter 6, Volume 1, Part A, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Elsevier, 385-472 145 -- 5. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James Robinson (2005), 'The rise of Europe: Atlantic trade, institutional change, and economic growth', American economic review, 95 (3), June, 546-79 233 -- 6. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2012) 'The colonial origins of comparative development: an empirical investigation: reply', American economic review, 102 (6), October, 3077-110 267 -- 7. Daron Acemoglu, Suresh Naidu, Pascual Restrepo and James A. Robinson (2019), 'Democracy does cause growth', Journal of political economy, 127 (1), January, 47-100 301 -- 8. Raphael A. Auer (2013), 'Geography, institutions, and the making of comparative development', Journal of economic growth, 18 (2), January, 179-215 355 -- 9. Robert J. Barro (1996), 'Democracy and growth', Journal of economic growth, 1 (1), March, 1-27 392 -- 10. Sjoerd Beugelsdijk (2006), 'A note on the theory and measurement of trust in explaining differences in economic growth', Cambridge journal of economics, 30 (3), May, 371-87 419 -- 11. Christian Bjørnskov and Pierre-Guillaume Méon (2013), 'Is trust the missing root of institutions, education, and development?', Public choice, 157 (3-4), December, 641-69 436 -- 12. Maarten Bosker and Harry Garretsen (2009), 'Economic development and the geography of institutions', Journal of economic geography, 9 (3), May, 295-328 465 -- 13. Kai Carstensen and Erich Gundlach (2006), 'The primacy of institutions reconsidered: direct income effects of Malaria prevalence', World bank economic review , 20 (3), January, 309-39 499 -- 14. Stijn Claessens and Luc Laeven (2003), 'Financial development, property rights, and growth', Journal of finance , 58 (6), December, 2401-36 530 -- 15. Christopher Clague, Philip Keefer, Stephen Knack and Mancur Olson (1996), 'Property and contract rights in autocracies and democracies', Journal of economic growth , 1 (2), June, 243-76 566 -- 16. Jakob De Haan, Susanna Lundström and Jan-Egbert Sturm (2006), 'Market-Oriented Institutions and policies and economic growth: a critical survey', Journal of economic surveys , 20 (2), March, 157-91 600 -- 17. Simeon Djankov, Edward Glaeser, Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'The new comparative economics', Journal of comparative economics , 31 (4), December, 595-619 635 -- 18. Hristos Doucouliagos and Mehmet Ali Ulubaşoğlu (2008), 'Democracy and economic growth: a meta-analysis', American journal of political science , 52 (1), January, 61-83 660.
    Abstract: 19. David Dollar and Aart Kraay (2003), 'Institutions, trade, and growth', Journal of monetary economics , 50 (1), January, 133-62 683 -- 20. William Easterly and Ross Levine (2003), 'Tropics, germs, and crops: how endowments influence economic development', Journal of monetary economics , 50 (1), January, 3-39 713 -- 1. William Easterly and Ross Levine (2016), 'The European origins of economic development', Journal of economic growth, 21 (3), September, 225-57 1 -- 2. Stanley L. Engerman and Kenneth L. Sokoloff (1997), 'Factor endowments, institutions, and differential paths of growth among new world economies', in Stephen Haber (ed.), How Latin America fell behind, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 260-304 34 -- 3. Theo S. Eicher and Andreas Leukert (2009), 'Institutions and economic performance: endogeneity and parameter heterogeneity', Journal of money, credit and banking, 41 (1), February, 197-219 79 -- 4. Edward L. Glaeser, Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2004), 'Do institutions cause growth?', Journal of economic growth, 9 (3), September, 271-303 102 -- 5. Erich Gundlach and Martin Paldam (2009), 'A farewell to critical junctures: sorting out long-run causality of income and democracy', European journal of political economy, 25 (3), September, 340-54 135 -- 6. James D. Gwartney, Robert A. Lawson and Randall G. Holcombe (1999), 'Economic freedom and the environment for economic growth', Journal of institutional and theoretical economics, 155 (4), December, 643-63 150 -- 7. Robert E. Hall and Charles I. Jones (1999), 'Why do some countries produce so much more output per worker than others?', Quarterly journal of economics, 114 (1), February, 83-116 171 -- 8. Jonathan K. Hanson (2013), 'Growth paradigms and congruent institutions: estimating context-varying effects of political institutions on economic performance', Political science research and methods, 1 (2), December, 239-62 205 -- 9. Ricardo Hausmann, Lant Pritchett and Dani Rodrik (2005), 'Growth accelerations', Journal of economic growth, 10 (4), December, 303-29 229 -- 10. Staff of the International Monetary Fund (2003), 'Growth and Institutions', in (eds) World Economic Outlook, Chapter III, Washington, DC, United States: International Monetary Fund, 95-128 256 -- 11. Richard Jong-A-Pin and Jakob De Haan (2011), 'Political regime change, economic liberalization and growth accelerations', Public choice, 146 (1-2), January, 93-115 290 -- 12. Stephen Knack and Philip Keefer (1995), 'Institutions and economic performance: cross-country tests using alternative institutional measures', Economics and politics, 7 (3), November, 207-27 313 -- 13. Carl Henrik Knutsen (2012), 'Democracy and Economic growth: a survey of arguments and results', International area studies review , 15 (4), December, 393-415 334 -- 14. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and finance', Journal of political economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 357 -- 15. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (1999), 'The quality of government', Journal of law, economics, and organisation , 15 (1), March, 222-79 400 -- 16. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2008), 'The economic consequences of legal origins', Journal of economic literature , 46 (2), June, 285-332 458 -- 17. Robbert Maseland (2013), 'Parasitical cultures? The cultural origins of institutions and development', Journal of economic growth , 18 (2), April, 109-36 506.
    Abstract: 18. Mancur Olson Jr., Naveen Sarna and Anand V. Swamy (2000), 'Governance and growth: a simple hypothesis explaining cross-country differences in productivity growth', Public choice , 102 (3-4), March, 341-64 534 -- 19. Torsten Persson and Guido Tabellini (2009), 'Democratic capital: the nexus of political and economic change', American economic journal: Macroeconomics, 1 (2), July, 88-126 558 -- 20. Dani Rodrik (1999), 'Where did all the growth go? External shocks, social conflict, and growth collapses', Journal of economic growth , 4 (4), December, 385-412 597 -- 21. Dani Rodrik (2000), 'Institutions for high-quality growth: what they are and how to acquire them', studies in comparative international development, 35 (3), September, 3-31 625 -- 22. Dani Rodrik, Arvind Subramanian and Francesco Trebbi (2004), 'Institutions rule: the primacy of institutions over geography and integration in economic development', Journal of economic growth , 9 (2), June, 131-65 654 -- 23. Jeffrey D. Sachs (2003), 'Institutions don't rule: direct effects of geography on per capita income', NBER working paper No. 9490 , February, 1-12 689 -- 24. Rok Spruk (2016), 'Institutional transformation and the origins of world income distribution', Journal of comparative economics , 44 (4), November, 936-60 701.
    Abstract: "This collection carefully selects some of the most influential papers focusing on the relationship between economic and political institutions and economic development. Economic institutions shape economic incentives, such the incentives to become educated, to save and invest, to innovate and to adopt new technologies. Although economic institutions are critical for determining whether a country is poor or prosperous, it is politics and political institutions that determine which economic institutions are present in a country. This collection explores these critical relationships and the causes of economic growth, whilst bringing forth the legal, colonial and financial factors, which contribute, to economic discrepancies across countries. Prefaced by an authoritative introduction by the editor, this collection promises to be a valuable tool for economic researchers and scholars interested in this important subject"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114899
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXIII, 506 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on customer engagement
    DDC: 658.812
    Keywords: Beziehungsmarketing ; Kundenbindung ; Relationship marketing ; Customer relations Management ; Marketing Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction to the handbook of research on customer engagement -- 1: Linda D. Hollebeek and David E. Sprott -- Part I: Customer engagement and marketing practice -- Introduction: Customer engagement and marketing practice / V. Kumar -- 1 engagement-to-value (e2v): An empirical case study / Debbie Isobel Keeling, Ko de Ruyter and David Cox -- 2: Boosting customer engagement through gamification: A customer engagement marketing approach / Sandra Streukens, Allard van Riel, Daria Novikova and Sara Leroi-Werelds -- 3: Applying design thinking to innovate, validate, and implement new digital services / Nj.l Sivertst.l and Annita Fjuk -- 4: Online reviews as customers' dialogues with and about brands / Ewa Maslowska, Su Jung Kim, Edward C. Malthouse and Vijay Viswanathan -- 5: Engagement and technology as key enablers for a circular economy / Nicholas Vijverman, Bieke Henkens and Katrien Verleye -- Part II: Customer engagement conceptualization and conceptual relationships -- Introduction: The evolution of conceptual work on customer engagement / Ruth N. Bolton -- 6: How in-store retail and service atmosphere create customer engagement / Elisa B. Schweiger, Anne L. Roggeveen, Dhruv Grewal and Nancy M. Puccinelli -- 7: Customer engagement: The role of gamification / Wafa Hammedi, Thomas Leclercq and Ingrid Poncin -- 8: Giving or receiving in social media: Can content marketing simultaneously drive productive and consumptive engagement? / Welf H. Weiger, Maik Hammerschmidt and Thomas P. Scholdra -- 9: Story-based consumer engagement: A conceptual framework / Laurence Dessart and Valentina Pitardi -- 10 personality-based consumer engagement styles: Conceptualization, research propositions and implications / Linda D. Hollebeek, Jamid Ul Islam, Keith Macky, Takashi Taguchi, Carolyn Costley and Dale Smith -- 11: Practices, engagement, and service systems as a holistic perspective on technological actors / Jennifer Chandler -- Part III: Customer engagement and organizational performance -- Introduction: Customer engagement and organizational performance: A financial perspective / Bobby J. Calder -- 12: Review of engagement drivers for an instrument to measure customer engagement marketing strategy / Shiri Vivek, Cynthia Kazanis and Ingita Jain -- 13: Positively and negatively valenced customer engagement: The constructs and their organizational consequences / Julia Marbach, Niloofar Borghei Razavi, Cristiana R. Lages and Linda D. Hollebeek -- 14: Customer engagement and organizational performance: A service-dominant logic perspective / Civilai Leckie, Munyaradzi W. Nyadzayo and Lester W. Johnson -- 15: Leveraging user-generated content: A visual case analysis of contiki's brand co-creation campaign / Robyn Ouschan, Jay Turkington and Julie Napoli -- 16: A web site engagement measurement for digital marketers / Antonio Hyder and Otto Regalado-Pez.a -- 17: Temporality of customer engagement in service innovation: A theoretical model / Amela Karahasanović, Linda D. Hollebeek, Dimitra Chasanidou and Calin Gurau -- Part IV: Customer engagement and networked environments Introduction: Value creation and co-creation within networks / Sharon E. Beatty -- 18: The impact of customer engagement behaviors and majority/minority information on the use of online reviews / Thomas L. Baker, Paul Fombelle, Clay Voorhees, Kristina K. Lindsey Hall and Blake Runnalls -- 19: Sharing uncertainty across organizations: service capital and customer engagement for realizing nonownership value / Michael Ehret and Jochen Wirtz -- 20: Connections and interactions: An engagement perspective on customer networks / Kim A. Johnston and Anne B. Lane -- 21: The role of consumer engagement in recovering online service failures: An application of service-dominant logic / Jamid Ul Islam, Zillur Rahman and Linda D. Hollebeek -- 22: Conceptualizing health consumer engagement: An extended framework of resource integration, co-creation and engagement / Kara Burns and Sven Tuzovic Index.
    Abstract: "Customer engagement is now a critical research priority in contemporary marketing. In this Handbook, a cadre of international scholars offer an overview of current research on this rapidly growing field of study. Providing vital insights into current theoretical and practical treatments of customer engagement, chapters engage with a broad cross-section of state-of-the-art research. Covering the importance of customer engagement in broader marketing practices, conceptual relationships, organizational performance and networks, this Handbook grapples with both conceptual and empirical research to offer insight into current and rapidly emerging research issues. Featuring a broad theoretical scope, this Handbook attends to a rapidly growing international community of researchers in customer engagement. Scholars from related fields, including management, economics and sociology will also benefit from the range of applications of customer engagement research. This book is also crucial for marketing managers looking to improve and refine marketing environments"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786434272
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 602 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the sustainable supply chain
    DDC: 658.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Lieferkette ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Business logistics Environmental aspects ; Globalization ; Lieferketten ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Supply Chain Management ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The handbook on sustainable supply chains: an introduction / Joseph Sarkis -- 2. Sustainability in the globalization era / Sherwat Elwan Ibrahim -- 3. The circular economy and green supply chain management / Junjun Liu, Qinghua Zhu and Yunting Feng -- 4. Diffusion of SSCM: where are we now and where are we going? / Liliane Carmagnac, Valentina Carbone and Valérie Moatti -- 5. The link between operations strategy and sustainable supply chain management / Melek Akın Ateş -- 6. Collaboration and coordination in sustainable supply chains / Amy Z. Zeng and Jing Hou -- 7. Fundamentals of human resource management for environmentally-sustainable supply chains / Charbel Jose Chiappetta Jabbour Ana Beatriz Lopes de Sousa Jabbour -- 8. Building the business case for sustainable supply chains / Laura Meade and Adrien Presley -- 9. Sustainable supplier selection: a process view / Jafar Rezaei -- 10. The interplay of green marketing and sustainable supply chain management / Jing Dai, Hing Kai Chan, Jia Jia Lim, Fangli Zeng -- 11. Consumers' role in the green supply chain / Christopher Groening and Qingyun Zhu -- 12. Sustainable service supply chains / Helen S. Y. Chen, Kee-hung Lai and T. C. E. Cheng -- 13. Ambidexterity and sustainable supply chains / Dara G. Schniederjans and Mehmet G. Yalcin -- 14. Reverse supply chains and product design / Ammar Y. Alqahtani, Aditi D. Joshi and Surendra M. Gupta -- 15. Sustainable supply chain design / Mohsen Varsei -- 16. Lean and green supply chains / Susana G. Azevedo and Helena Carvalho -- 17. Mapping lean manufacturing practices and green manufacturing practices in supply chains / Diego A. Vazquez-Brust and Lucila M. S. Campos -- 18. The critical relationship: sustainability and performance measurement management / Robert Sroufe and Steven A. Melnyk -- 19. Performance measurement in sustainable supply chain management - linking research and practice / Philip Beske-Janssen, Stefan Schaltegger and Sonja Liedke -- 20. Environmental or sustainable supply chain performance measurement standards and certifications / David B. Grant and Sarah Shaw -- 21. Sustainable supply chain management and carbon emissions / Shadi Goodarzi, Behnam Fahimnia and Joseph Sarkis -- 22. Sustainability in logistics / Erika Marsillac and Sarah Hudson -- 23. Transportation and sustainable supply chains / Amulya Gurtu, Cory Searcy and Mohammed Y. Jaber -- 24. Big data application in sustainable supply chains: a transportation industry case / Jiayao Hu, Ming K Lim, Kim Hua Tan and Ming-Lang Tseng -- 25. Sustainable supply chains and energy: where "planet" meets "profit" / Árni Halldórsson, Caroline Sundgren and Jessica Wehner -- 26. Sustainable supply chains and social networks: an overview / Wendy L. Tate and Lisa M. Ellram -- 27. A framework for managing social issues in supply chains / Sadaat Ali Yawar and Stefan Seuring -- 28. Sustainable supplier management in a base of the pyramid environment / Carolin Brix-Asala, Arne Vilmar, Raja Usman Khalid and Stefan Seuring -- 29. Sustainability in humanitarian supply chains / Ira Haavisto and Gyöngyi Kovács -- 30. Sustainable supply chains and regulatory policy / Nicole Darnall, Eric W. Welch and Seong K. Cho -- 31. Multi-tier sustainable supply chain management / Joerg S. Hofstetter and Jörg H. Grimm -- 32. Green supplier development: a review and analysis / Chunguang Bai and Joseph Sarkis -- 33. The role of social enterprises in sustainable supply chains / Ales Jug -- Index.
    Abstract: Supply chain management has long been a feature of industry and commerce but, with increasing demands from consumers, producers are spending more time and money investing in ways to make supply chains more sustainable. This exemplary Handbook provides readers with a comprehensive overview of current research on sustainable supply chain management. Multi-disciplinary in scope, the Handbook includes contributions from over 70 expert authors from a variety of areas including management, engineering, accounting, policy studies, innovation, and marketing. Chapters analyze the three core areas of sustainable supply chain management: environmental, economic, and social. The Handbook explores broad themes such as globalization and general organization strategies as well as examining more specific topics including particular industries, social and regulatory dimensions, and technological advances. Scholars and advanced business and management students will greatly benefit from the depth of analysis in this Handbook as well as the suggestions for directions for future research and practice. Written in an accessible style, it is also ideal for practitioners and government agencies seeking solutions to practical issues regarding sustainable supply chain management
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9781788975087
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 340 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Learning and teaching in higher education
    Keywords: College teaching ; Business education ; Education, Higher ; Business education ; College teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Hochschuldidaktik ; Unterrichtsmethode ; Vorlesung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword -- Introduction -- 1. Theorising about learning and knowing / Keith Schofield -- Engaging students -- 2. How to engage students / Alison Lindon and Michael Butler -- 3. Icebreakers for business school students / Ilias Basioudis -- Thought 1 / Alison Lindon and Michael Butler -- 4. Trumping truancy: maintaining student attendance and engagement / Gayatri Patel -- Thought 2 / Kathy Daniels -- 5. Helping our students to think critically / Elaine Clarke -- Thought 3 / Daniel Cash -- 6. How to introduce and integrate creativity / Bimal Arora -- 7. How to invigorate group presentations / Matthew Olczak -- Thought 4 / Gayatri Patel -- 8. Bridging the gap: writing in higher education / Daniel Cash -- Enhancing teaching practice -- 9. Getting the most out of large group teaching / Caroline Elliott and Jon Guest -- 10. Storytelling as a technique for teaching / Sudeshna Bhattacharya -- Thought 5 / Geetha Ravishankar -- 11. Experiential learning: use of business simulations / Clive Kerridge -- Thought 6 / Kris Lines -- 12. How to do a confident presentation / Chris Jones -- Thought 7 / Caroline Elliott and Jon Guest -- 13. Making teaching relevant for the business student / Kathy Daniels -- 14. Problem based learning / Chris Owen -- Thought 8 / Alison McPherson -- 15. Teaching students struggling because English is not their first language / Pieter Koornhof -- 16. How to teach students from a range of different countries / Uche Ogwude -- Thought 9 / Matthew Olczak -- 17. Teaching small groups / Alison McPherson -- Technology enhanced learning -- 18. Technology enhanced learning activities and student participation / Bahar Kazmi and Umair Riaz -- Thought 10 / Elaine Clarke -- 19. Cultivating students' digital literacy / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- Thought 11 / Uche Ogwude -- 20. Designing and teaching an online module / Jon Taylor, Richard Terry and Matt Davies -- Thought 12 / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- 21. Successful teaching in virtual classrooms / Richard Terry, Jon Taylor and Matt Davies -- Thought 13 / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- 22. Managing online learning / Nicholas Theodorakopoulos -- Teaching content 23. The use of short in-class games / Jon Guest, Maria Kozlovskaya and Matthew Olczak -- 24. Teaching maths to non-mathematical standards / Geetha Ravishankar -- Thought 14 / Pieter Koornhof -- 25. How to embed CSR in teaching / Muhammed Al Mahameed and Umair Riaz -- 26. Teaching law to business students / Adam Shaw-Mellors and Pieter Koornhof -- Thought 15 / Adam Shaw-Mellors -- 27. Practitioner module partnership and sponsorship / Keith Glanfield -- Assessment 28. Demystifying the assessment criteria / Gayatri Patel -- Thought 16 / Bimal Arora -- 29. Using posters in academic assessments / Kris Lines -- 30. Writing effective multiple choice questions / Simon Finley -- Thought 17 / Kathy Daniels -- 31. Peer assessment / Elaine Clarke -- 32. Providing effective feedback / Jon Guest -- Index.
    Abstract: "There is often little guidance available on how to teach in universities, despite there being increasing pressure to raise teaching standards, as well as no official requirement for academics to have any specific teaching qualification in many countries. This invaluable book comprehensively addresses this issue, providing an overview of teaching in a business school that covers all stages of student learning. This book demonstrates various ways to engage students and offers techniques to enhance teaching practice, focusing on particular challenges such as large group teaching, increasing attendance and engagement, and successful professional development. All the contributors have current experience of teaching in a business school, allowing them to offer honest, personal assessments of what is effective in practice. Chapters address specific topics such as technology enhanced learning, while useful 'thoughts' provide creative and innovative suggestions on improving participation and outcomes. Learning and Teaching in Higher Education will be an important resource for those teaching in a business school setting, as well as having significant value to anyone teaching in higher education more generally"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 173 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for event management
    RVK:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788974486
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 160 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hudson, John, 1947 - The robot revolution
    DDC: 338.064
    Keywords: Roboter ; Automatisierung ; Automatisierte Produktion ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Automation Economic aspects ; Automation Social aspects ; Artificial intelligence Economic aspects ; Artificial intelligence Social aspects ; Robots Social aspects ; Robots Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Roboter ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Sozioökonomischer Wandel
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Innovation -- 2. The history and development of robots -- 3. Robots now and in the future -- 4. The science of robots -- 5. The impact on employment, unemployment and wages -- 6. The economic, social and political impact -- 7. People's hopes and fears -- 8. Policies to deal with potential problems and to realise the promise -- 9. A changing world of innovation -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: In the coming decades robots and artificial intelligence will fundamentally change our world. In doing so they offer the hope of a golden future, one where the elderly are looked after by companion robots, where the disabled can walk, robot security protects us all, remote rural areas have access to the best urban facilities and there is almost limitless prosperity. But there are dangers. There are fears in the labour market that robots will replace jobs, leaving many unemployed, and increase inequality. In relying too much on robots, people may reduce their human contact and see their cognitive abilities decline. There are even concerns, reflected in many science fiction films, that robots may eventually become competitors with humans for survival. This book looks at both the history of robots, in science and in fiction, as well as the science behind robots. Specific chapters analyse the impact of robots on the labour market, people's attitudes to robots, the impact of robots on society, and the appropriate policies to pursue to prepare our world for the robot revolution. Overall the book strikes a cautionary tone. Robots will change our world dramatically and they will also change human beings. These important issues are examined from the perspective of an economist, but the book is intended to appeal to a wider audience in the social sciences and beyond
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788979382 , 1788979389
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 233 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als MacDonald, Trent J. Political economy of non-territorial exit
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: International economic relations ; International finance ; Globalization ; Non-self-governing territories ; Secession ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / International / Economics ; bisacsh ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / International / General ; bisacsh ; Electronic books ; Ökonomische Theorie der Politik ; Souveränität ; Dezentralisation ; Sezession
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Preface -- 1. Economic theory of non-territorial unbundling -- 2. History of an idea -- 3. The political-jurisdictional coase theorem -- 4. Political-jurisdictional possibilities and transitions -- 5. Theory of non-territorial internal exit -- 6. Spontaneous order in the formation of non-territorial political jurisdictions -- Summary and conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Territorial political organisation forms the backbone of western liberal democracies. However, political economists are increasingly aware of how this form of government neglects the preferences of citizens, resulting in dramatic conflicts. The Political Economy of Non-Territorial Exit explores the theoretical possibility of 'unbundling' government functions and decentralising territorial governance. Employing a variety of theoretical approaches, including new institutional economics, comparative analysis, public choice and Hayekian political economy, Trent J. MacDonald investigates the prospects of a government that separates its traditional functions and decentralises control to non-territorial jurisdictions. Following the history of political-economic thought, the author uncovers an extensive history of non-territorial governance, and provides insight into present-day examples. He emphasises the political mechanism of 'non-territorial secession' and the emerging phenomenon of 'cryptosecession' as the theoretical future of governance. Through an extension of the Coase theorem, this intricate book examines how political systems and jurisdictions change, developing a new theory of spontaneous order. A provocative and enlightening investigation of modern political organisation, MacDonald's vast study is an ideal theoretical guide for scholars and students of political economy. This book also contains critical ideas for policy-makers seeking guidance for the future of political organisation in an increasingly non-territorial world
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 1788110560 , 9781788110563
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 426 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods and applications
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods and applications series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods and applications in experimental economics
    DDC: 330.01
    RVK:
    Keywords: Experimentelle Ökonomik ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Feldforschung ; Versuchsplanung ; Neuroökonomie ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Economics Experiments ; Methodology ; Economics Research ; Experimental economics Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Experimentelle Wirtschaftsforschung ; Forschungsmethode
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Arthur Schram and Aljaž Ule -- Part I: Methods of experimental economics -- 1. Incentives / James C. Cox and Vjollca Sadiraj -- 2. Deception / Andreas Ortmann -- 3. Preference measurement and manipulation in experimental economics / Hande Erkut and Ernesto Reuben -- 4. Data analysis / Peter G. Moffatt -- 5. Replication and other practices for improving scientific quality in experimental economics / Colin F. Camerer, Anna Dreber, and Magnus Johannesson -- Part II: Field experiments -- 6. Advantages and disadvantages of field experiments / Anya Samek -- 7. Randomization in field experiments / Noemi Peter and Adriaan R. Soetevent -- Part III: Neuroeconomics -- 8. Brain measurement and manipulation methods / Jan B. Engelmann, Manon Mulckhuyse, and Chih-Chung Ting -- 9. An Introduction to physiological economics / Oliver J. Hulme, Edward J.D. Webb, and Alexander C. Sebald -- 10. Neuroeconomics: Data analysis / Mael Lebreton and Kerstin Preuschoff -- 11. Homo oeconomicus with a personality - trait-based differences in decision making / Carsten K.W. De Dreu and Jörg Gross -- Part IV: Developing economic theory and policy -- 12. Taking process into account when modelling risky choice / Graham Loomes -- 13. Rank-dependent choice equilibrium: A non-parametric generalization of QRE / Jacob K. Goeree, Charles A. Holt, Philippos Louis, Thomas R. Palfrey, and Brian Rogers -- 14. Experiments on macroeconomics: Methods and applications / Camille Cornand and Frank Heinemann -- 15. The role of experiments for policy design / Peter Werner and Arno Riedl -- Part V: Experimental procedures -- 16. Subject pools and recruitment / Ben Greiner and Marianne Stephanides -- 17. Software and laboratory organization / Joep Sonnemans and Ailko van der Veen -- 18. Cross-cultural behavioral experiments: Potential and challenges / Christian Thöni -- 19. Real-effort tasks / Jeffrey Carpenter and Emiliano Huet-Vaughn -- 20. Experimenter demand effects / Jonathan de Quidt, Lise Vesterlund, and Alistair J. Wilson -- 21. Communication in laboratory experiments / Jordi Brandts, David J. Cooper, and Christina Rott -- Index.
    Abstract: The first Handbook in economics dedicated to the discussion of the methods of experimental economics, this timely book analyses the current state-of-the-art in the field. The chapters systematically cover the most relevant issues in experimental design and implementation, while also exploring novel research developments. Offering a comprehensive review of experimental methods in economics, this 21 chapter Handbook covers theoretical and practical issues including: recruitment, software and laboratory organization, incentives, data analysis, and theory and policy development. Expert scholars offer unique insight into laboratory procedures, replication studies, field experiments and neuroeconomics, while also providing a novel set-valued equilibrium concept. The combination of basic methods and current developments will aid both novice and advanced experimental economists. This is a must-read for economic researchers and scholars using experimental methodology, providing vital reference and clarifying issues that will arise when designing and running experiments. Graduate students of experimental and behavioral economics will also find this a useful guide in learning about the advanced tools this exciting field has to offer
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784715694
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 444 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of the politics of labour, work and employment
    DDC: 331.1
    Keywords: Arbeitsmarkttheorie ; Arbeitsmarktpolitik ; Erwerbstätigkeit ; Arbeitsgesellschaft ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Kapitalismus ; Globalisierung ; Wirtschaftsliberalismus ; Alternative Ökonomie ; Labor Political aspects ; Work Political aspects ; Employment (Economic theory) Political aspects ; Industrial relations ; Personnel management ; Labor laws and legislation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschäftigung ; Arbeitsmarktpolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The politics of labour, work and employment / Gregor Gall -- Part I: Foundations for understanding the politics of labour, work and employment -- 2. A theoretical framework for labour, work, and employment research / Bruce E. Kaufman -- 3. Pre- and post-capitalist labour, work and employment / Neil Davidson -- 4. Labour, work and employment in the age of globalised neo-liberalism / Jason Heyes and Thomas Hastings -- 5. The neo-liberal state and the regulation of class relations / Chris Howell -- 6. Different types of societal regulation - coordinated market economy, social democracy, aspiration of worker control / Greg Patmore -- 7. The politics and diversity of worker representation: the increasing fluidity and challenge of representation / Miguel Martínez Lucio and Stephen Mustchin -- 8. Employers and their representatives: discretion, power, markets, and managers in the transformation of twenty first century work / Gerald Friedman -- 9. Juridification in industrial relations / Alan Bogg -- 10. The moral economy: flexible employment and layers of disconnection / Sharon C. Bolton and Knut Laaser -- Part II: Aspects of the politics of labour, work and employment -- 11. Managing labour and the labour process / Bill Harley -- 12. Who manages the managers? / Graham Sewell -- 13. Beyond the workplace: how civil society organisations attempt to exercise regulatory influence over work and employment / Steve Williams and Brian Abbott -- 14. Types of work and labour / Rachel Lara Cohen -- 15. Non-standard work and non-standard workers / Vicki Smith and Brian Halpin -- 16. Non-remunerated work / Colin C Williams -- 17. Skills and the social value of work / Patricia Findlay -- 18. The expansion of the labour market and the politics of migration / Gabriella Alberti -- 19. Gender segregation and labour market institutions / Siobhan Austen, Therese Jefferson and Linley Lord -- 20. Labour market, work and employment segregation by race / Steve Jefferys -- 21. Training and development - whose interests are being served? / Mark Stuart -- 22. Kinship and community networks / Robert MacKenzie, Zyama Ciupijus and Chris Forde -- Index.
    Abstract: "Providing a thorough overview of the political nature of, and dynamics between, the worlds of work, labour and employment, this timely Handbook draws together an interdisciplinary range of top contributors to explore the interdependent relationship between politics and labour, work and employment. Chapters provide a wide range of differing theoretical approaches with which to explore the legal, economic and socio-political aspects of labour, work and employment in pre-capitalist, capitalist and post-capitalist societies. The Handbook explores the purpose, roles, rights and powers of employers and management, workers and unions, states and governments in the age of globalised neo-liberalism. Different non-standard and non-renumerated types of work are examined with their counterparts, offering a thorough insight into the modern economy with a key focus on migration, gender, race and community. An essential reference for political economists as well as business and management scholars, this comprehensive Handbook provides an important analysis of the interconnectedness of politics and labour, work and employment. This will also be a useful read for policy makers looking for broad insights to the ways in which policies can impact labour, work and employment"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9781788118095
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Increasing occupational health and safety in workplaces
    DDC: 363.11
    Keywords: Betriebliches Gesundheitsmanagement ; Arbeitsschutz ; Arbeitsunfall ; Sucht ; Gewalt ; Mobbing ; Pestizid ; Stress ; Welt ; Industrial hygiene ; Industrial safety ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Arbeitssicherheit ; Arbeitsschutz
    Abstract: Contents: Part I. Introduction -- 1. Increasing occupational health and safety in workplaces: why it matters / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Accident underreporting in the workplace / Tahira M. Probst, Erica L. Bettac and Christopher Austin -- 3. Stress, human errors and accidents / Astrid M. Richardsen, Monica Martinussen and Sabine Kaiser -- Part II. Workplace health and safety factors -- 4. Drug use and workplace safety: issues and good practice responses / Ken Pidd, Ann Roche and Vinita Duraisingam -- 5. Understanding domestic violence as a workplace problem / Barb MacQuarrie, Katreena Scott, Danielle Lim, Laura Olszowy, Michael D. Saxton, Jen MacGregor and Nadine Wathen -- 6. Job resources and outcomes in the process of bullying: a study in a Norwegian healthcare setting / Espen Olsen, Maria Therese Jensen, Gunhild Bjaalid, and Aslaug Mikkelsen -- 7. Safety, health and climate: taking the temperature on nurses' work health and safety / Valerie O'Keeffe -- 8. Antecedents of aggression in nursing: a review / Katharine McMahon, Lauren S. Park, and Liu-Qin Yang -- Part IV: High-risk occupations -- 10. Pesticide exposure and the health effects among Latino and other farmworkers / Joseph G. Grzywacz, John S. Luque and Alan Becker -- 11. Occupational health and safety in the mining sector / Carmel Bofinger and David Cliff -- 12. Occupational health and safety in the construction sector / Helen Lingard -- 13. The case for psychosocial safety climate to be recognised in mining disaster investigations / Tony Pooley, Silvia Pignata and Maureen F. Dollard -- 14. Aggressive and criminal behavior of police officers / Philip Matthew Stinson, Sr. -- 15. Workplace stress and firefighter health and safety / Todd D. Smith, Mari-Amanda Dyal, and David M. DeJoy -- Part IV: Building safety climates, promoting worker health and changing workplace cultures -- 16. Types of safety cultures and best practice suggestions / Sharon Clarke -- 17. The role of safety culture and safety leadership on safety related outcomes / Çakıl Agnew and Laura Frühen -- 18. The benefits of transformational leadership and transformational leadership training on health and safety outcomes / Tabatha Thibault, Duygu Biricik Gulseren, and E. Kevin Kelloway -- 19. Crew resource management (CRM) and non-technical skills / Rhona Flin, Amy Irwin and Oliver Hamlet -- 19. Health protection and health promotion in small business / Natalie V. Schwatka, Liliana Tenney, and Lee S. Newman -- Index.
    Abstract: "The ILO estimates that around 2.3 million workers die annually as a result of occupational accidents and diseases. A further one million workers suffer workplace accidents every day. Alongside the human impact, these accidents cost an estimated 4 per cent of GDP in the US, equating to 2.8 trillion US dollars. This book considers occupational health and safety, and the ways in which it can be increased to both improve working conditions and reduce the material costs of accidents. Bringing together leading academics in the field, and presenting original research from both the private and public sectors, Increasing Occupational Health and Safety in Workplaces argues for greater reporting of workplace accidents and injuries. It also incorporates stress as a factor in rates of accidents and injuries, and suggests ways in which workplace safety cultures can be fostered and improved. This book will be an invaluable tool for students of management, especially those with an interest in small businesses. Its insights will also be of interest for organizational administrators responsible for workplace accidents and injuries at various levels, and for government employees with an interest in occupational health and safety"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786437105
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXV, 461 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international talent management
    Keywords: Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Personalmanagement ; Industrial management Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; International business enterprises Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Forewords / Sir Cary L. Cooper, Huiyao Wang, Simon Collinson and David G. Collings -- Introduction: International talent management research - a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary approach / Yipeng Liu -- Part I: International talent management, entrepreneurship and innovation -- 1. Talent management and innovation management: Review of the literature and challenges for future research / Daniela Baglieri, Maria Cristina Cinici and Antonio Crupi -- 2. Talent for services: How gaining access to talent enables successful servitization / Marco Opazo-Basáez, Ferran Vendrell-Herrero and Oscar F. Bustinza -- 3. Serial entrepreneurs as "incubators": Individuals with inspiration and leadership that make for incubation / Yin Mon Myint, Shilendra Vyakarnam and Alexandra Huener -- 4. A design thinking approach for talent management - can talent management benefit from design thinking? / Beke Redlich and Christoph Lattemann -- Part II: International talent management and international business -- 5. Managing expatriates of emerging multinationals: An institutional work perspective / David Fan, Yiyi Su and Zheng J. Yan -- 6. Global work arrangements and talent management in the born-virtual organization: The case study of automattic / Alessandra Vecchi -- 7. Inpatriation management: A literature review and recommendations for future research / Fedor Portniagin and Fabian Jintae Froese -- 8. Logic or smiles?: International talent management across advanced and emerging economic contexts - Japanese expatriates' cross-cultural communication friction in India / Ashok Ashta, Peter Stokes and Paul Hughes -- 9. Compensation disparity, underpayment and director turnover: Evidence from China / Mahmoud Ezzamel and Yang Zhao -- Part III: International talent management, sustainability, public management and policy -- 10. Talents for key positions in organizations: Sustainability management as a profession / Katharina Spraul, Julia Hufnagel, Cynthia Friedrich and Natalie Brill -- 11. Training programs to develop the ethicality of talents / Dominic Kreismann and Till Talaulicar -- 12. Global talent management and higher education governance: The singapore experience in a comparative perspective / Hong Liu -- 13. Talent management strategies in the public sector: A review of talent management schemes in southeast asia / Celia Lee and Shahamak Rezaei -- 14. China: Talent management in transition / Tony Fang -- 15. Characterizing the 'global war for talent' / Kyle Griffith -- Index.
    Abstract: International talent management has become a critically important topic for scholarly discussion, in policy debates, and among the business community. Despite this, however, research into talent management tends to lack theoretical underpinnings, especially from an international, multidisciplinary, and comparative perspective. This Research Handbook fills this gap, bringing together a range of leading researchers, scholars, and thinkers to debate and advance the conceptualization and understanding of this multifaceted subject. With chapters covering key topics within multiple domains of management and organization studies, the Research Handbook of International Talent Management explores the topic in innovative entrepreneurial enterprises to international businesses. It also examines how talent management relates to sustainability and public management, providing in depth coverage of the field for an interdisciplinary approach to what is one of the grand contemporary challenges facing the global economy today. This Research Handbook will be a vital resource for students of human resources management, business studies and public management policy, as well as for researchers with an interest in talent management, international management, and entrepreneurship and innovation
    Note: Index: Seite 449-461
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9781788114127
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 538 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Socially responsible international business
    DDC: 658.408
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Strategisches Management ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Social responsibility of business ; International business enterprises Social aspects ; Business ethics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction 1 -- Part I: Overview of research on socially responsible international business -- 1: Socially responsible international business: Review, synthesis, and directions / Leonidas C. Leonidou, Constantine S. Katsikeas, Saeed Samiee, and Constantinos N. Leonidou -- 2: An overview of social responsibility dimensions in international business / Noemi Sinkovics, Rudolf R. Sinkovics, and Jason Archie-Acheampong -- Part II: Institutional environment and socially responsible international business -- 3: Trade-offs and institutional contradictions in formulating responsible international business strategies / Gopalkrishnan R. Iyer -- 4: Institutional drivers of stakeholder engagement and legitimacy of Chinese MNEs / Peter S. Hofman, Lei Li, Sunny Li Sun, and Yanxue Sun -- 5: Cross-country comparison of corporate social performance: How do institutions matter? / Jiyoung Shin and Chang Hoon Oh -- 6: Re-assessing risk in international markets: A strategic, operational, and sustainability taxonomy / Rob van Tulder and Mihaela Roman -- Part III: Customer reactions to socially responsible international business -- 7: Consumer responses to MNE socially responsible behavior / Petra Riefler -- 8: CSR, causal attributions, and a country's legal origin / Seraphim Voliotis and Pavlos A. Vlachos -- 9: Cross-cultural consumer responses to cause-related marketing: Theoretical insights and future research / Melanie Tao Xue and Jaywant Singh -- Part IV: Social responsibility issues in foreign market targeting -- 10: Social responsibility and foreign market targeting / Ricky Y. K. Chan -- 11: Ethical issues in Japanese foreign direct investment in developed versus developing countries / Paul W. Beamish, George Z. Peng, and Jean-Marie Nkongolo-Bakenda -- 12: Toward a more comprehensive CSR scorecard development for multinational enterprises / Ayse Ozturk -- Part V: Designing and implementing socially responsible international business strategies -- 13: Adapting CSR strategy to international markets: Fit analysis and performance implications / Pantelitsa Eteokleous -- 14: Strategic CSR and the CSR strategy-making process of international business / Cezara A. Nicoara, Dayananda Palihawadana, and Matthew J. Robson -- 15: MNE-NGO global partnerships as a form of csr strategy: How well are they working? / Elizabeth A. Napier -- 16: How much social responsibility should MNEs strategically assume and of which kind? / Lilac Nachum -- Part VI: Special issues in socially responsible international business -- 17: Antecedents, moderators, and consequences of political csr in the context of MNEs / Daniel Korschun and Hoori Rafieian -- 18: Embracing sustainability through corporate communication: An international case of csr disclosure / Setayesh Sattari, Arash Kordestani, Kaveh Peighambari, and Pejvak Oghazi -- 19: Role of MNEs in building zero waste communities / Suraksha Gupta -- Index.
    Abstract: "Growing social and environmental concerns have exerted pressure on businesses to act responsibly. This timely book is the result of systematic, integrated and concerted efforts by prominent scholars to contribute new ideas and original research on social responsibility issues in international business. Offering an insightful collection of global investigations of critical and thought-provoking issues, the chapters investigate unique social responsibility issues across different countries and international business contexts. Bringing together renowned researchers in the field, this book provides state-of-the-art knowledge on a wide array of issues relating to social responsibility and highlights future trajectories for the development of socially-responsible international business strategies. Featuring innovative research and incisive conclusions, this book is critical for international business researchers seeking new avenues for investigation. Postgraduate students at all levels will also benefit from this book's strong inventory of contemporary knowledge, as well as its wide variety of research methods"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9781788116213
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource ( ix, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on entrepreneurship and aging
    DDC: 338.040846
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Selbstständige ; Ältere Menschen ; Ältere Arbeitskräfte ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Older people ; Businesspeople ; Electronic books ; Online-Publikation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Älterer Mensch ; Unternehmerverhalten
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction to the handbook of research on entrepreneurship and aging / Mikaela Backman, Charlie Karlsson and Orsa Kekezi -- Part I: The international perspective -- 1. Entrepreneurship among older workers: international evidence / Raquel Fonseca and Simon C. Parker -- 2. Senior entrepreneurship: global mapping of supporting initiatives and programmes / Catarina Seco Matos and Miguel Amaral -- 3. Entrepreneurship and ageing: exploring an economic geography perspective / Heike Mayer and Birgit Leick -- Part II: Innovation, dynamics and performance -- 4. Are senior entrepreneurs less innovative than younger ones? / Rolf Sternberg -- 5. Entrepreneurial dynamics in the third age - a study of trajectories for start-ups by two cohorts of entrepreneurs/self-employed aged 55 and 60 / Carin Holmquist, Elisabeth Sundin and Martin Klinthäll -- 6. The age effect in entrepreneurship: founder tenure, firm performance, and the economic environment / Marco Cucculelli and Giacinto Micucci -- 7. Different age effects by entrepreneur types: an investigation on us boomer entrepreneurs / Ting Zhang and Zoltan Acs -- Part III: The behavioural perspective -- 8. Ageing and entrepreneurship: a psychological perspective / Hannes Zacher, Mona Mensmann and Michael M. Gielnik -- 9. Grey entrepreneurship: entrepreneurship later in life and the pursuit of well-being / Aleid E. Brouwer and Heike Delfmann -- 10. Entrepreneurship and job satisfaction: the role of age / Michael Fritsch, Alina Sorgner and Michael Wyrwich -- 11. Old age self-employment and work-related stress / Jolanda Hessels and Peter van der Zwan -- Part IV: Case studies -- 12. Senior self-employment - the case of the Netherlands / Marleen Damman and Hanna van Solinge -- 13. Romania's ageing population: entrepreneurship opportunities and challenges / Dianne H.B. Welsh, Mariana Dragusin and Raluca Mariana Grosu -- 14. Senior entrepreneurship perspectives in Australia / Alex Maritz -- 15. Senior entrepreneurship: a case study for Portugal / Miguel Amaral and Catarina Seco Matos -- Index.
    Abstract: "Many developed countries are facing a demographic change with an increasing share of older individuals, yet little is known about how older workers will impact regional and national economies in terms of labor market dynamics. One possible outcome of this new demographic structure is that more individuals will become entrepreneurs at an older age. This Handbook contributes to the important and emerging field of entrepreneurship among this group and focuses on the behavioral perspectives of this phenomenon; on innovation, dynamics and performance; and the ways entrepreneurship among the elderly looks within different countries. Researchers interested in the field of entrepreneurship among older workers and policy makers dealing with the effects of changing demographic settings within countries or regions will turn to this work to gain a better understanding of entrepreneurship and aging"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 648 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Elgar companion to John Maynard Keynes
    RVK:
    Keywords: Keynes, John Maynard ; Keynes, John Maynard ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Keynesianismus ; Ökonomen ; Großbritannien ; Macroeconomics History ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Keynessche Theorie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Life and work -- 1. John Neville Keynes / Heinrich Bortis -- 2. Florence Ada Keynes / Indra Hardeen -- 3. Lydia Lopokova / Indra Hardeen -- 4. The Bloomsbury Group / Victoria Chick -- 5. The India Office / Donald Moggridge -- 6. World War I / Donald Moggridge -- 7. Keynes and British financial policy in the inter-war period / Donald Moggridge -- 8. World War II / Donald Moggridge -- 9. Before and after Bretton Woods / June Flanders -- Part II: Influences -- 10. G.E. Moore / John Davis -- 11. Bertrand Russell / John Davis -- 12. Ludwig Wittgenstein / John Davis -- 13. Frank P. Ramsey / John Davis -- 14. Thomas Robert Malthus / Samuel Hollander -- 15. Alfred Marshall / Peter Groenewegen -- 16. Knut Wicksell / Mauro Boianovsky -- 17. John Atkinson Hobson / John King -- 18. Irving Fisher / Robert W. Dimand -- Part III: Major works -- 19. A treatise on probability / Rod O'Donnell -- 20. Indian currency and finance / Rebecca Gomez-Betancourt -- 21. The economic consequences of the peace / Robert W. Dimand -- 22. A tract on monetary reform / Robert W. Dimand -- 23. The economic consequences of Mr. Churchill / Robert W. Dimand -- 24. The end of laissez-faire / Sherry Davis Kasper -- 25. Am I a liberal? / Robert W. Dimand -- 26. Economic possibilities for our grandchildren / Harald Hagemann -- 27. A treatise on money / Ingo Barens -- 28. Essays in biography / Geoff Harcourt -- 29. Lectures on 'the monetary theory of production' and 'the general theory of employment' / Robert W. Dimand -- 30. The general theory of employment, interest and money / Robert Skidelsky -- 31. How to pay for the war / Peter Spahn -- Part IV: Economic analysis -- 32. The quantity theory of money / Arash Molavi Vassei -- 33. The multiplier / Robert W. Dimand -- 34. Say's Law / Harald Hagemann -- 35. Effective demand / Paul Davidson -- 36. Unemployment / Sylvie Rivot -- 37. Wages and employment / Harald Hagemann -- 38. Consumption and saving / Volker Caspari -- 39. Investment, expectations and the marginal efficiency of capital / Jan Kregel -- 40. Liquidity preference / Victoria Chick -- 41. Risk and uncertainty / Sheila Dow -- 42. IS-LM / Warren Young -- 43. The finance motive / Jan Kregel -- 44. The Keynes-Sraffa-Hayek controversy / Heinz D. Kurz -- 45. Econometrics: The Keynes-Tinbergen controversy / Marcel Boumans and Neil De Marchi -- 46. Trade cycle / Daniele Besomi -- 47. Mercantilism / Lars Magnusson -- 48. Imperfect competition / Rodolphe Dos Santos Ferreira -- Part V: Critics and contemporaries -- 49. Arthur Cecil Pigou / Nahid Aslanbeigui and Guy Oakes -- 50. Dennis Holme Robertson / Mauro Boianovsky and Charles Goodhart -- 51. Joseph Alois Schumpeter / Harald Hagemann -- 52. Lionel Robbins / Susan Howson -- 53. Ralph George Hawtrey / David Glasner -- 54. Friedrich August Hayek / Hansjörg Klausinger -- 55. Bertil Ohlin / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 56. William H. Beveridge / Robert W. Dimand -- 57. Michal Kalecki / Malcolm Sawyer -- Part VI: Associates -- 58. Piero Sraffa / Heinz Kurz -- 59. Roy Forbes Harrod / Daniele Besomi -- 60. Richard Ferdinand Kahn / Maria Cristina Marcuzzo -- 61. Joan Violet Robinson / Prue Kerr -- 62. James Edward Meade / Susan Howson -- 63. Colin Clark / Alex Millmow -- 64. Richard Stone / Ron P. Smith -- 65. Lorie Tarshis / Robert W. Dimand -- 66. David Champernowne / Mauro Boianovsky -- Part VII: Legacy and impact -- 67. John Richard Hicks / Omar Hamouda -- 68. G.L.S. Shackle / Bruce Littleboy -- 69. Alvin Harvey Hansen / Roger E. Backhouse -- 70. Mabel Timlin / Robert W. Dimand -- 71. Paul Anthony Samuelson / Roger E. Backhouse -- 72. Lawrence Klein / Robert W. Dimand -- 73. Franco Modigliani / Michael Szenberg and Lall Ramrattan -- 74. Robert M. Solow / Michael Assoũs -- 75. James Tobin / Robert W. Dimand -- 76. Nicholas Kaldor / A.P. Thirlwall -- 77. Milton Friedman / Sylvie Rivot -- 78. Harry Gordon Johnson / Donald Moggridge -- 79. Don Patinkin / Goulven Rubin -- 80. Robert W. Clower / Peter Howitt -- 81. Axel Leijonhufvud / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 82. Hyman Minsky / L. Randall Wray -- 83. Sidney Weintraub / Paul Davidson -- 84. Post-Keynesian economics / Eckhard Hein and Marc Lavoie -- 85. New Keynesian macroeconomics / Peter Spahn -- 86. The Phillips curve / James Forder -- 87. The rise, fall, and return of the 'master' / Peter Clarke -- Part VIII: Keynesianism in various countries -- 88. Keynesianism in the United Kingdom / Geoff Tily -- 89. Keynesianism in the United States / Mathew Forstater -- 90. Keynesianism in Canada / Robert W. Dimand -- 91. Keynesianism in Germany / Harald Hagemann -- 92. Keynesianism in France / Goulven Rubin -- 93. Keynesianism in Italy / Piero Bini -- 94. Keynesianism in Japan / Masazumi Wakatabe -- 95. Keynesianism in Australia / John W. Neville and Peter Kriesler -- Index.
    Abstract: The most influential and controversial economist of the twentieth century, John Maynard Keynes was the leading founder of modern macroeconomics, and was also an important historical figure as a critic of the Versailles Peace Treaty after World War I and an architect of the Bretton Woods international monetary system after World War II. This comprehensive Companion elucidates his contributions, his significance, his historical context and his continuing legacy. Prominent scholars examine Keynes's life and major writings, his theories and contributions, influences on the development of his thought, his interactions with his contemporaries, his followers and critics, the lasting significance of his work and the changing fortunes of Keynesianism in different countries. The Companion will serve as the standard reference work for all those interested in John Maynard Keynes, in the economics of Keynes and in the history of macroeconomics
    Note: Literaturangaben
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112192
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 359
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching college economics
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsstudium ; Wirtschaftspädagogik ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Hochschullehre ; Didaktik ; Studierende ; Economics Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. George J. Stigler (1970), 'The Case, if Any, for Economic Literacy', Journal of Economic Education, 1 (2), Spring, 77-84 -- 2. Michael K. Salemi and John J. Siegfried (1999), 'The State of Economic Education', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 89 (2), May, 355-61 -- 3. David Colander (2004), 'The Art of Teaching Economics', International Review of Economics Education, 3 (1), 63-76 -- 4. John J. Siegfried and Rendigs Fels (1979), 'Research on Teaching College Economics: A Survey', Journal of Economic Literature, XVII (3), September, 923-69 -- 5. William E. Becker (1997), 'Teaching Economics to Undergraduates', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (3), September, 1347-73 -- 6. Sam Allgood, William B. Walstad and John J. Siegfried (2015), 'Research on Teaching Economics to Undergraduates', Journal of Economic Literature, 53 (2), June, 285-325 -- 7. William B. Walstad (1987), 'Measurement Instruments', in William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (eds), Econometric Modeling in Economic Education Research, Chapter 5, Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer-Nijhoff Publishing, 73-98 -- 8. William B. Walstad and Ken Rebeck (2008), 'The Test of Understanding of College Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 98 (2), May, 547-51 -- 9. William B. Walstad and Jamie Wagner (2016), 'The Disaggregation of Value-Added Test Scores to Assess Learning Outcomes in Economics Courses', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (2), 121-31 -- 10. John C. Soper and William B. Walstad (1983), 'On Measuring Economic Attitudes', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (4), Fall, 4-17 -- 11. Dale Van Metre (1976), 'A Learning Theory for Economics Instructional Development', Journal of Economic Education, 7 (2), Spring, 95-103 -- 12. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part I, Issues and Questions', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (1), Winter, 10-17 -- 13. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part II, New Directions in Theoretical Model Building', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (2), Spring, 4-10 -- 14. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part III, Statistical Estimation Methods', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (3), Summer, 4-15 -- 15. William E. Becker, Jr. (1982), 'The Educational Process and Student Achievement Given Uncertainty in Measurement', American Economic Review, 72 (1), March, 229-36 -- 16. William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (1987), 'Statistical Methods in Economic Education Research', in Econometric Modeling in Economic Education Research, Chapter 1, Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer-Nijhoff Publishing, 1-17 -- 17. William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (1990), 'Data Loss from Pretest to Posttest as a Sample Selection Problem', Review of Economics and Statistics, 72 (1), February 184-88 -- 18. Nan L. Maxwell and Jane S. Lopus (1994), 'The Lake Wobegon Effect in Student Self-Reported Data', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 84 (2), May, 201-5 -- 19. Phillip Saunders and Arthur L. Welsh (1998), 'Lectures as an Instructional Method', in William B. Walstad and Phillip Saunders (eds), Teaching Undergraduate Economics: A Handbook for Instructors, Chapter 12, New York, NY, USA: Irwin McGraw Hill, 167-83
    Abstract: 20. Alan Green (2014), 'The Case for the Traditional Classroom', International Review of Economics Education, 16 (B), May, 87-99 -- 21. Scott Simkins and Mark Maier (2009), 'Using Pedagogical Change to Improve Student Learning in the Economics Major', in David Colander and KimMarie McGoldrick (eds), Educating Economists: The Teagle Discussion on Re-evaluating the Undergraduate Economics Major, Part 3, Chapter 8, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 83-91 -- 22. Mark H. Maier, KimMarie McGoldrick and Scott P. Simkins (2012), 'Starting Point: Pedagogic Resources for Teaching and Learning Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 43 (2), 215-20 -- 23. William E. Becker and Michael Watts (1996), 'Chalk and Talk: A National Survey on Teaching Undergraduate Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 86 (2), May, 448-53 -- 24. William B. Walstad (2010), 'Findings from a Teaching Innovation Program for Economics Faculty', in Michael K. Salemi and William B. Walstad (eds), Teaching Innovations in Economics: Strategies and Applications for Interactive Instruction, Chapter 11, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 243-61 -- 25. Yvonne Durham, Thomas McKinnon and Craig Schulman (2007), 'Classroom Experiments: Not Just Fun and Games', Economic Inquiry, 45 (1), January, 162-78 -- 26. Tisha L. N. Emerson and Linda K. English (2016), 'Classroom Experiments: Teaching Specific Topics or Promoting the Economic Way of Thinking?', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (4), 288-99 -- 27. Rita A. Balaban, Donna B. Gilleskie and Uyen Tran (2016), 'A Quantitative Evaluation of the Flipped Classroom in a Large Lecture Principles of Economics Course', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (4), 269-87 -- 28. Neal H. Olitsky and Sarah B. Cosgrove (2016), 'The Better Blend? Flipping the Principles of Microeconomics Classroom', International Review of Economics Education, 21, January, 1-11 -- 29. Tisha L. N. Emerson, Linda K. English and KimMarie McGoldrick (2015), 'Evaluating the Cooperative Component in Cooperative Learning: A Quasi-Experimental Study', Journal of Economic Education, 46 (1), 1-13 -- 30. Paul L. Hettler (2015), 'Student Demographics and the Impact of Team-Based Learning', International Advances in Economic Research, 21 (4), November, 413-22 -- 31. KimMarie McGoldrick and Peter W. Schuhmann (2016), 'The Impact of Challenge Quizzes on Student Knowledge', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 106 (5), May, 373-77 -- 32. William Lee, Richard H. Courtney and Steven J. Balassi (2010), 'Do Online Homework Tools Improve Student Results in Principles of Microeconomics Courses?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 283-86 -- 33. Trien Nguyen and Angela Trimarchi (2010), 'Active Learning in Introductory Economics: Do MyEconLab and Aplia Make Any Difference?', International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 4 (1), 1-18 -- 34. Elisabeth Allison (1975), 'Self-Paced Instruction: A Review', Journal of Economic Education, 7 (1), Fall, 5-12 -- 35. Kim P. Huynh, David T. Jacho-Chávez and James K. Self (2010), 'The Efficacy of Collaborative Learning Recitation Sessions on Student Outcomes', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 287-91 -- 36. Vincent G. Munley, Eoghan Garvey and Michael J. McConnell (2010), 'The Effectiveness of Peer Tutoring on Student Achievement at the University Level', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 277-82 -- 37. Paul W. Grimes and Paul S. Nelson (1998), 'The Social Issues Pedagogy vs. the Traditional Principles of Economics: An Empirical Examination', American Economist, 42 (1), Spring, 56-64 -- 38. Donna B. Gilleskie and Michael K. Salemi (2012), 'The Cost of Economic Literacy: How Well Does a Literacy-Targeted Principles of Economics Course Prepare Students for Intermediate Theory Courses?', Journal of Economic Education, 43 (2), 111-32
    Abstract: 39. Aaron Swoboda and Lauren Feiler (2016), 'Measuring the Effect of Blended Learning: Evidence from a Selective Liberal Arts College', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 106 (5), May, 368-72 -- 40. Carlos J. Asarta and James R. Schmidt (2017), 'Comparing Student Performance in Blended and Traditional Courses: Does Prior Academic Achievement Matter?', The Internet and Higher Education, 32, January, 29-38 -- 41. Campbell R. McConnell (1968), 'An Experiment with Television in the Elementary Course', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 469-82 -- 42. Elisabeth K. Allison (1976), 'The Use of Video in Economic Education', Journal of Economic Education, 8 (1), Fall, 27-36 -- 43. Paul W. Grimes, Timothy L. Krehbiel, Joyce E. Nielsen and James F. Niss, (1989), 'The Effectiveness of Economics U$A on Learning and Attitudes', Journal of Economic Education, 20 (2), Spring, 139-52 -- 44. Caroline Elliott and David Neal (2016), 'Evaluating the Use of Lecture Capture Using a Revealed Preference Approach', Active Learning in Higher Education, 17 (2), July, 153-67 -- 45. Donald W. Paden, Bruce R. Dalgaard and Michael D. Barr (1977), 'A Decade of Computer-Assisted Instruction', Journal of Economic Education, 9 (1), Fall, 14-20 -- 46. James W. Marlin, Jr. and James F. Niss (1982), 'The Advanced Learning System, a Computer-managed, Self-paced System of Instruction: An Application in Principles of Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 13 (2), Summer, 26-39 -- 47. Paul W. Grimes and Margaret A. Ray (1993), 'Economics: Microcomputers in the College Classroom - A Review of the Academic Literature', Social Science Computer Review, 11 (4), Winter, 452-63 -- 48. Peter Navarro (2015), 'How Economics Faculty Can Survive (and Perhaps Thrive) in a Brave New Online World', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), Fall, 155-75 -- 49. Byron W. Brown and Carl E. Liedholm (2002), 'Can Web Courses Replace the Classroom in Principles of Microeconomics?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 444-48 -- 50. Dennis Coates, Brad R. Humphreys, John Kane and Michelle A. Vachris (2004), '"No Significant Distance" between Face-to-Face and Online Instruction: Evidence from Principles of Economics', Economics of Education Review, 23 (5), October, 533-46 -- 51. Abhijit V. Banerjee and Esther Duflo (2014), '(Dis)Organization and Success in an Economics MOOC', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 514-18 -- 52. Rebecca Moryl (2013), 'T-Shirts, Moonshine, and Autopsies: Using Podcasts to Engage Undergraduate Microeconomics Students', International Review of Economics Education, 13, May, 67-74 -- 53. Abdullah Al-Bahrani, Darshak Patel and Brandon Sheridan (2015), 'Engaging Students Using Social Media: The Students' Perspective', International Review of Economics Education, 19, May, 36-50 -- 54. Peter W. Schuhmann, KimMarie McGoldrick and Robert T. Burrus (2005), 'Student Quantitative Literacy: Importance, Measurement, and Correlation with Economic Literacy', American Economist, 49 (1), Spring, 49-65 -- 55. William Bosshardt (2004), 'Student Drops and Failure in Principles Courses', Journal of Economic Education, 35 (2), Spring, 111-28 -- 56. Carlos Dobkin, Ricard Gil and Justin Marion (2010), 'Skipping Class in College and Exam Performance: Evidence from a Regression Discontinuity Classroom Experiment', Economics of Education Review, 29 (4), August, 566-75 -- 57. Joe Kerkvliet (1994), 'Cheating by Economics Students: A Comparison of Survey Results', Journal of Economic Education, 25 (2), Spring, 121-33
    Abstract: 58. Wayne A. Grove and Tim Wasserman (2006), 'Incentives and Student Learning: A Natural Experiment with Economics Problem Sets', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 96 (2), May, 447-52 -- 59. William B. Walstad and Denise Robson (1997), 'Differential Item Functioning and Male-Female Differences on Multiple-Choice Tests in Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 28 (2), Spring, 155-71 -- 60. Elizabeth J. Jensen and Ann L. Owen (2000), 'Why Are Women Such Reluctant Economists? Evidence from Liberal Arts Colleges', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 90 (2), May, 466-70 -- 61. Sue K. Stockly (2009), 'Is Race a Determinant of Student Performance in Economics?', Review of Black Political Economy, 36 (3-4), December-January, 181-95 -- 62. Andrea L. Ziegert (2000), 'The Role of Personality Temperament and Student Learning in Principles of Economics: Further Evidence', Journal of Economic Education, 31 (4), Fall, 307-22 -- 63. Paul W. Grimes (2002), 'The Overconfident Principles of Economics Student: An Examination of a Metacognitive Skill', Journal of Economic Education, 33 (1), Winter, 15-30 -- 64. Lester Hadsell (2010), 'Achievement Goals, Locus of Control, and Academic Success in Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 272-76 -- 65. Mary Ellen Benedict and John Hoag (2002), 'Who's Afraid of Their Economics Classes? Why Are Students Apprehensive about Introductory Economics Courses? An Empirical Investigation', American Economist, 46 (2), Fall, 31-44 -- 66. Paul W. Grimes, Meghan J. Millea and Thomas W. Woodruff (2004), 'Grades - Who's to Blame? Student Evaluation of Teaching and Locus of Control', Journal of Economic Education, 35 (2), Spring, 129-47 -- 67. Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Professor Qualities and Student Achievement', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (1), February, 83-92 -- 68. Eric P. Bettinger and Bridget Terry Long (2005), 'Do Faculty Serve as Role Models? The Impact of Instructor Gender on Female Students', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 95 (2), May, 152-57 -- 69. William B. Walstad and William E. Becker (2010), 'Preparing Graduate Students in Economics for Teaching: Survey Findings and Recommendations', Journal of Economic Education, 41 (2), 202-10 -- 70. Georg Schaur, Michael Watts and William E. Becker (2008), 'Assessment Practices and Trends in Undergraduate Economics Courses', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 98 (2), May, 552-56 -- 71. Sam Allgood and William B. Walstad (2013), 'How Economists Allocate Time to Teaching and Research', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 103 (3), May, 654-58 -- 72. William B. Walstad and Ken Rebeck (2002), 'Assessing the Economic Knowledge and Economic Opinions of Adults', Quarterly Review of Economics and Finance, 42 (5), 921-35 -- 73. Sam Allgood, William Bosshardt, Wilbert van der Klaauw and Michael Watts (2011), 'Economics Coursework and Long-Term Behavior and Experiences of College Graduates in Labor Markets and Personal Finance', Economic Inquiry, 49 (3), July, 771-94
    Abstract: This authoritative literature review discusses a collection of classic and contemporary research articles examining the common ground that all academic economists share: the college classroom. The study analyses readings by leading authors covering all aspects of modern economic education research - from building theoretical models of student learning, to evaluating the long-run impact of economic knowledge on individual behavior. Specific attention is given to the growing literature that evaluates the effectiveness of modern technology and alternative pedagogies on student learning of economics. Written by an expert in the field, this review serves as a comprehensive guide for researchers who are interested in conducting classroom research
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9781785366048
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 310 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in regional science
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Chen, Zhenhua High speed rail and China's new economic geography
    Keywords: Hochgeschwindigkeitsverkehr ; Neue ökonomische Geographie ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; China ; High speed trains ; Economic geography ; Electronic books ; China ; Hochgeschwindigkeitszug ; Auswirkung ; Regionalwirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword -- Preface -- 1. Introduction -- Part I Land use and real estate impacts -- 2. Spatial impacts of high speed rail on land value change -- 3. Spatial-temporal impacts on urban growth: the case of the Beijing-Shanghai line -- 4. Housing impact of long-distance high speed rail -- 5. Intercity passenger rail impact on housing -- Part II Tourism and aviation impacts -- 6. High speed rail impact on tourism -- 7. Impacts of high speed rail on domestic air transportation -- Part III Economic and environmental impacts -- 8. High speed rail and regional economic disparity -- 9. Economic and environmental impacts of high speed rail: a national perspective -- 10. Economic impacts of high speed rail: a regional perspective -- 11. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: High Speed Rail and China's New Economic Geography presents an analytical approach to assessing the socioeconomic impact of high speed rail in China, with an emphasis on capturing the spatial spillover effects of rail infrastructure development on China's economic geography in terms of land use, housing market, tourism, regional disparity, modal competition, the economy and environment. The assessment involves a multilevel spatial analysis approach at both the national and the regional level. The methods include partial equilibrium analysis characterized by a spatial econometric modeling and the state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium modeling. It provides a basis for policy decision-making and operational considerations. Academic scholars and students who are specialized in regional economics, urban planning, public policy, and transportation will find this book useful. Practitioners and policy-makers will also find this book valuable as the empirical findings provide implications for future transportation planning and development
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786430700 , 1786430703
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 365
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The evolution of the theory of the firm
    DDC: 338.6
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Business enterprises Research ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Nicolai J. Foss, Henrik Lando and Steen Thomsen (2000), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Boudewijn Bouckaert and Gerrit De Geest (eds), Encyclopedia of Law and Economics, Volume III: The Regulation of Contracts, Article No. 5610, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 631-58 -- 2. Fritz Machlup (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, LVII (1), March, 1-33 -- 3. Oliver Hart (1989), 'An Economist's Perspective on the Theory of the Firm', Columbia Law Review: Contractual Freedom in Corporate Law, 89 (7), November, 1757-74 -- 4. Harold Demsetz (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-61 -- 5. Brian J. Loasby (1971), 'Hypothesis and Paradigm in the Theory of the Firm', Economic Journal, 81 (324), December, 863-85 -- 6. Frank H. Knight ([1921] 1964), 'The Meaning of Risk and Uncertainty', in Risk, Uncertainty and Profit, Part Three, Chapter VII, New York, NY, USA: Augustus M. Kelley, 197-232 -- 7. John Maynard Keynes (1936), 'The State of Long-Term Expectation', in The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Book IV, Chapter 12, New York, NY, USA: Harcourt, Brace and World, 147-64 -- 8. Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, 58 (3), June, 211-21 -- 9. Richard N. Langlois and Metin M. Cosgel (1993), 'Frank Knight on Risk, Uncertainty, and the Firm: A New Interpretation', Economic Inquiry, XXXI (3), July, 456-65 -- 10. Kenneth J. Arrow (1982), 'Risk Perception in Psychology and Economics', Economic Inquiry, XX (1), January, 1-9 -- 11. David Teece, Margaret Peteraf and Sohvi Leih (2016), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Organizational Agility: Risk, Uncertainty, and Strategy in the Innovation Economy', California Management Review, 58 (4), Summer, 13-35 -- 12. Michael Polanyi ([1966] 2009), 'Tacit Knowing', in The Tacit Dimension, with a new foreword by Amartya Sen, Chapter 1, Chicago, IL, USA and London, UK: University of Chicago Press, 3-25 -- 13. Kenneth J. Arrow (1962), 'Economic Welfare and the Allocation of Resources for Invention', in Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research and Committee on Economic Growth of the Social Science Research Council (eds), The Rate and Direction of Inventive Activity: Economic and Social Factors, Part VI, Princeton, NJ, USA: Princeton University Press and New York, NY, USA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 609-26 -- 14. F. A. Hayek (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, XXXV (4), September, 519-30 -- 15. Ikujiro Nonaka, Ryoko Toyama and Akiya Nagata (2000), 'A Firm as a Knowledge-creating Entity: A New Perspective on the Theory of the Firm', Industrial and Corporate Change, 9 (1), March, 1-20 -- 16. David J. Teece (1981), 'The Multinational Enterprise: Market Failure and Market Power Considerations', Sloan Management Review, 22 (3), Spring, 3-17 -- 17. Bruce Kogut and Udo Zander (1993), 'Knowledge of the Firm and the Evolutionary Theory of the Multinational Corporation', Journal of International Business Studies, 24 (4), December, 625-45 -- 18. Herbert A. Simon (1972), 'Theories of Bounded Rationality', in C. B. McGuire and Roy Radner (eds), Decision and Organization: A Volume in Honor of Jacob Marschak, Chapter 8, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company, 161-76 -- 19. Richard M. Cyert and James G. March ([1963] 1992), 'A Summary of Basic Concepts in the Behavioral Theory of the Firm', in A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, 2nd edn, Chapter 7, Cambridge, MA, USA and Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers, 161-76
    Abstract: 20. Brian J. Loasby (1967), 'Long-Range Formal Planning in Perspective', Journal of Management Studies, 4 (3), October, 300-308 -- 21. Linda Argote and Henrich R. Greve (2007), 'A Behavioral Theory of the Firm - 40 Years and Counting: Introduction and Impact', Organization Science, 18 (3), May-June, 337-49 -- 22. Oliver Hart (1990), 'Is "Bounded Rationality" an Important Element of a Theory of Institutions?', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 146 (4), December, 696-702 -- 23. Amos Tversky and Daniel Kahneman (1981), 'The Framing of Decisions and the Psychology of Choice', Science, 211 (4481), 30th January, 453-58 -- 24. Dale T. Miller (1999), 'The Norm of Self-Interest', American Psychologist, 54 (12), December, 1053-60 -- 25. Michael C. Jensen (1994), 'Self-Interest, Altruism, Incentives, and Agency Theory', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 7 (2), Summer, 40-45 -- 26. Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Opportunism and its Critics', Managerial and Decision Economics, 14 (2), March-April, 97-107 -- 27. Charles W. L. Hill (1990), 'Cooperation, Opportunism, and the Invisible Hand: Implications for Transaction Cost Theory', Academy of Management Review, 15 (3), July, 500-13 -- 28. Michael L. Barnett and Robert M. Salomon (2012), 'Does it Pay to be Really Good? Addressing the Shape of the Relationship between Social and Financial Performance', Strategic Management Journal, 33 (11), November, 1304-20 -- 29. Alexander Pepper and Julie Gore (2015), 'Behavioral Agency Theory: New Foundations for Theorizing About Executive Compensation', Journal of Management, 41 (4), May, 1045-68 -- 30. Edith T. Penrose (1960), 'The Growth of the Firm - A Case Study: The Hercules Powder Company', Business History Review, 34 (1), Spring, 1-23 -- 31. Kathleen R. Conner (1991), 'A Historical Comparison of Resource-Based Theory and Five Schools of Thought Within Industrial Organization Economics: Do We Have a New Theory of the Firm?', Journal of Management, 17 (1), March, 121-54 -- 32. Jeroen Kraaijenbrink, J.-C. Spender and Aard J. Groen (2010), 'The Resource-Based View: A Review and Assessment of Its Critiques', Journal of Management, 36 (1), January, 349-72 -- 33. David J. Teece, Gary Pisano and Amy Shuen (1997), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Strategic Management', Strategic Management Journal, 18 (7), August, 509-33 -- 34. David J. Teece (2014), 'The Foundations of Enterprise Performance: Dynamic and Ordinary Capabilities in an (Economic) Theory of Firms', Academy of Management Perspectives: Symposium, 28 (4), November, 328-52 -- 35. David J. Teece (2019), 'A Capability Theory of the Firm: An Economics and (Strategic) Management Perspective', New Zealand Economic Papers, 53 (1), 1-43 -- 36. John R. Commons (1932), 'The Problem of Correlating Law Economics and Ethics', Wisconsin Law Review, 8, 3-26 -- 37. Ian R. Macneil (1978), 'Contracts: Adjustment of Long-Term Economic Relations under Classical, Neoclassical, and Relational Contract Law', Northwestern University Law Review, 72 (6), 854-905 -- 38. Oliver E. Williamson (1981), 'The Economics of Organization: The Transaction Cost Approach', American Journal of Sociology, 87 (3), November, 548-77
    Abstract: 39. Sumantra Ghoshal and Peter Moran (1996), 'Bad for Practice: A Critique of the Transaction Cost Theory', Academy of Management Review, 21 (1), January, 13-47 -- 40. Neil M. Kay (2015), 'Coase and the Contribution of "The Nature of the Firm"', Managerial and Decision Economics, Special Issue: Coase and the Theory of the Firm, 36 (1), January, 44-54 -- 41. David J. Teece (1980), 'Economies of Scope and the Scope of the Enterprise', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (3), September, 223-47 -- 42. David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3 (1), March, 39-63 -- 43. Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- 44. David J. Teece (1986), 'Transactions Cost Economics and the Multinational Enterprise: An Assessment', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 7 (1), March, 21-45 -- 1. Douglass C. North (1986), 'The New Institutional Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics: 3rd Symposium on The New Institutional Economics, 142 (1), March, 230-37 -- 2. Oliver Hart (2001), 'Norms and the Theory of the Firm', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, Symposium: Norms and Corporate Law, 149 (6), June, 1701-15 -- 3. Markus C. Becker (2005), 'The Concept of Routines: Some Clarifications', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 29 (2), March, 249-62 -- 4. Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1982), 'Organizational Capabilities and Behavior', in An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Part II, Chapter 5, Cambridge, MA, USA and London, UK: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 96-136, references -- 5. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1934] 1983), 'Entrepreneurial Profit', in The Theory of Economic Development: An Inquiry into Profits, Capital, Credit, Interest, and the Business Cycle, trans. by Redvers Opie, with a new introduction by John E. Elliott, Chapter IV, New Brunswick, NJ, USA and London UK: Transaction Publishers, 128-56 -- 6. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1942] 1962), 'Crumbling Walls', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Part II, Chapter XII, New York, NY, and Evanston, IL, USA: Harper and Row Publishers, 131-42 -- 7. Edith Tilton Penrose (1959), 'The Productive Opportunity of the Firm and the "Entrepreneur"', in The Theory of the Growth of the Firm, Chapter III, New York, NY, USA: John Wiley and Sons, 31-42 -- 8. Richard N. Langlois (2007), 'The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm and the Theory of the Entrepreneurial Firm', Journal of Management Studies, Special Issue: The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm, 44 (7), November, 1107-24 -- 9. Mark Casson (2005), 'Entrepreneurship and the Theory of the Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 58 (2), October, 327-48 -- 10. B. J. Loasby (1982), 'The Entrepreneur in Economic Theory', Scottish Journal of Political Economy, 29 (3), November, 235-45 -- 11. Sharon A. Alvarez and Jay B. Barney (2007), 'The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm', Journal of Management Studies, Special Issue: The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm, 44 (7), November, 1057-63 -- 12. David J. Teece (2016), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Entrepreneurial Management in Large Organizations: Toward a Theory of the (Entrepreneurial) Firm', European Economic Review, 86, July, 202-16 -- 13. Alfred Marshall ([1890] 1920), 'Industrial Organization, Continued. Business Management', in Principles of Economics: An Introductory Volume, 8th edn, Book IV, Chapter XII, London, UK: Macmillan and Co., 291-313
    Abstract: 14. Adolf A. Berle, Jr. and Gardiner C. Means ([1932] 1933), 'The Divergence of Interest between Ownership and Control', in The Modern Corporation and Private Property, Book I, Chapter VI, New York, NY, USA: The Macmillan Company, 119-25 -- 15. Harold Demsetz (1983), 'The Structure of Ownership and the Theory of the Firm', Journal of Law and Economics: Corporations and Private Property: A Conference Sponsored by the Hoover Institution, XXVI (2), June, 375-90 -- 33. David J. Teece (1986), 'Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration, Collaboration, Licensing and Public Policy', Research Policy, 15 (6), December, 285-305 -- 16. Oliver E. Williamson (2002), 'The Theory of the Firm as Governance Structure: From Choice to Contract', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (3), Summer, 171-95 -- 34. David J. Teece (2006), 'Reflections on "Profiting from Innovation"', Research Policy, 35 (8), October, 1131-46 -- 17. Thomas Donaldson and Lee E. Preston (1995), 'The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation: Concepts, Evidence, and Implications', Academy of Management Review, 20 (1), January, 65-91 -- 35. David J. Teece (2010), 'Technological Innovation and the Theory of the Firm: The Role of Enterprise-Level Knowledge, Complementaries, and (Dynamic) Capabilities', in Bronwyn H. Hall and Nathan Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Volume I, Part III, Chapter 16, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company, 679-730 -- 18. Albert O. Hirschman (1980), 'Exit, Voice, and Loyalty: Further Reflections and a Survey of Recent Contributions', Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly: Health and Society, 58 (3), Summer, 430-53 -- 36. Sidney G. Winter (2006), 'The Logic of Appropriability: From Schumpeter to Arrow to Teece', Research Policy, 35 (8), October, 1100-106 -- 19. David J. Teece (2012), 'Management and Governance of the Business Enterprise: Agency, Contracting, and Capabilities Perspectives', in Dennis C. Mueller (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Capitalism, Part III, Chapter 8, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 220-49 -- 37. Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1988), 'Economic Theories of the Firm: Past, Present, and Future', Canadian Journal of Economics, XXI (3), August, 444-58 -- 20. Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. ([1962] 1990), 'Conclusion - Chapters in the History of the Great Industrial Enterprise', in Strategy and Structure: Chapters in the History of the American Industrial Enterprise, Cambridge, MA, USA and London, UK: MIT Press, 383-96, notes -- 38. Christos N. Pitelis and David J. Teece (2009), 'The (New) Nature and Essence of the Firm', European Management Review, 6 (1), Spring, 5-15 -- 21. Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. (1991), 'The Functions of the HQ Unit in the Multibusiness Firm', Strategic Management Journal, Special Issue: Fundamental Research Issues in Strategy and Economics, 12 (S2), Winter, 31-50 -- 39. Pierre Garrouste and Stéphane Saussier (2005), 'Looking for a Theory of the Firm: Future Challenges', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 58 (2), October, 178-99 -- 22. Oliver E. Williamson (1975), 'The Multidivisional Structure', in Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, Chapter 8, New York, NY, USA: The Free Press, 132-54, references -- 23. Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, 62 (5), December, 777-95 -- 24. William G. Ouchi (1980), 'Markets, Bureaucracies, and Clans', Administrative Science Quarterly, 25 (1), March, 129-41 -- 25. Candace Jones, William S. Hesterly and Stephen P. Borgatti (1997), 'A General Theory of Network Governance: Exchange Conditions and Social Mechanisms', Academy of Management Review, 22 (4), October, 911-45 -- 26. J. Carlos Jarillo (1988), 'On Strategic Networks', Strategic Management Journal, 9 (1), January-February, 31-41 -- 27. Walter W. Powell (1987), 'Hybrid Organizational Arrangements: New Form or Transitional Development?', California Management Review, 30 (1), Fall, 67-87 -- 28. Sumantra Ghoshal and Christopher A. Bartlett (1990), 'The Multinational Corporation as an Interorganizational Network', Academy of Management Review, 15 (4), October, 603-25 -- 29. Thorstein Veblen (1898), 'Why is Economics not an Evolutionary Science?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 12 (4), July, 373-97 -- 30. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1942] 1962), 'The Process of Creative Destruction', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Part II, Chapter VII, New York, NY, and Evanston, IL, USA: Harper and Row Publishers, 81-86 -- 31. W. Brian Arthur (1989), 'Competing Technologies, Increasing Returns, and Lock-In by Historical Events', Economic Journal, 99 (394), March, 116-31 -- 32. Giovanni Dosi (2013), 'Innovation, Evolution, and Economics: Where We Are and Where We Should Go', in Jan Fagerberg, Ben R. Martin and Esben Sloth Andersen (eds), Innovation Studies: Evolution and Future Challenges, Part I, Chapter 5, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 111-33
    Abstract: "This innovative collection of readings analyses how the theory of the firm evolved from several core concepts and building blocks that underpin this important area of economics. The first volume presents a variety of perspectives from leading scholars in the field before introducing the basic elements of: risk and uncertainty; information and knowledge; bounded rationality and decision making; motives and incentives; resources and capabilities; and transactions. The second volume looks at how the various elements are integrated into the modern Theory of the Firm with the notion of organization coming increasingly to the fore. It focuses on norms; rules and routines; the entrepreneur; governance; hierarchies; co-operation, teams and networks; innovation and appropriability. Together with an introduction by the editors, this collection is an invaluable reference tool for all researchers and students with an interest in the modern theory of the firm, highlighting how it needs to evolve further to address the important management and policy issues of our time"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978521
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 229 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Moosa, Imad A., 1952 - The economics of war
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kriegswirtschaft ; Militärökonomik ; Rüstungsindustrie ; Militärpolitik ; Rüstungspolitik ; Welt ; War Economic aspects ; Profiteering ; Militarism ; Imperialism ; Electronic books ; Krieg ; Wirtschaftssystem
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. War is a racket: in memory of Smedley Butler -- 2. The causes of war -- 3. War versus peace: the outcome of a binary process -- 4. Imperialism as an enterprise -- 5. Wars of aggression and false flags -- 6. War profiteering, the military-industrial complex and the deep state -- 7. A taxonomy of war profiteers -- 8. Banks as war profiteers -- 9. Further thoughts -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Bad things occur and persist because of the presence of powerful beneficiaries. In this provocative and illuminating book, Imad Moosa illustrates the economic motivations behind the last 100 years of international conflict, citing the numerous powerful individual and corporate war profiteers that benefit from war. Inspired and informed by War is a Racket, the 1935 work of General Smedley Butler, the author explores historic and contemporary incidents of war profiteering, identifying individuals and groups that have increased their wealth through the supply of weaponry, mercenaries, provisions and finance in times of war. This book offers a caustic indictment of the military-industrial complex, exploring the privatisation of conflict that has fuelled war across the globe. Providing a contemporary, in-depth analysis of the economics of war, this book is critical for academics and students of war studies, international relations and military and political history. Policy makers will also benefit from this book's comprehensive analysis of wartime policy and practice"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786432339
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 358
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Vanberg, Viktor, 1943 - Choice and economic welfare
    DDC: 330
    Keywords: Neue politische Ökonomie ; Wohlfahrtsökonomik ; Soziale Wohlfahrtsfunktion ; Verfassungsökonomik ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wohlfahrt
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 20. Kenneth J. Arrow (1969), 'Values and Collective Decision-Making', in Peter Laslett and W.G. Runciman (eds), Philosophy, Politics and Society: Third Series, Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell, 215-32 -- 21. Amartya Sen (1995), 'Rationality and Social Choice', American Economic Review, 85 (1), March, 1-24 -- 22. Amartya Sen (1997), 'Individual Preference as the Basis of Social Choice', in Kenneth J. Arrow, Amartya Sen and Kotaro Suzumura (eds.), Social Choice Re-examined, Volume 1: Proceedings of the IEA Conference Held at Schloss Hernstein, Berndorf, near Vienna, Austria, London, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 15-37 -- 23. Kotaro Suzumura (2002), 'Introduction to Social Choice and Welfare', Banca D'Italia Temi Di Discussion Del Servizio Studi, 422, March, 1-45 -- 24. Knut Wicksell (1958) 'A New Principle of Just Taxation', in Richard A. Musgrave and Alan T. Peacock (eds), Classics in the Theory of Public Finance, London, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 72-118 -- 25. John Rawls (1957), 'I. Justice as Fairness', Journal of Philosophy, 54 (22), October, 653-62 -- 26. James M. Buchanan (1964), 'What Should Economists Do?', Southern Economic Journal, 30 (3), January, 213-22 -- 27. John Rawls (1999), 'The Main Ideas of the Theory of Justice', in A Theory of Justice: Revised Edition, Chapter 1, Section 3, Cambridge, MA, USA: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 10-15 -- 28. James M. Buchanan (1977), 'Notes on Justice in Contract ', in Freedom in Constitutional Contract: Perspectives of a Political Economist, College Station, TX, USA: Texas A&M University Press, 123-34 -- 29. Geoffrey Brennan and James M. Buchanan (1985), 'The Contractarian Vision', in The Reasons of Rules: Constitutional Political Economy, Chapter 2, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 19-32 -- 30. Russell Hardin (1988), 'Review Article: Constitutional Political Economy: Agreement on Rules', British Journal of Political Science, 18 (4), October, 513-30 -- 31. Viktor J. Vanberg (1994), 'Individual Choice and Institutional Constraints: The Normative Element in Classical and Contractarian Liberalism', in Rules and Choice in Economics, Part VI, Chapter 13, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: Routledge, 208-34, references -- 32. Georg Vanberg and Viktor Vanberg (2017), 'Contractarian Perspectives in Law and Economics', in Francesco Parisi (ed.), 'The Oxford Handbook of Law and Economics: Volume 1, Methodology and Concepts', Oxford, UK and New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 246-67 -- 33. Friedrich A. Hayek (1960), 'Economic Policy and the Rule of Law', in The Constitution of Liberty, Chapter 15, Chicago, IL, USA: University of Chicago Press, 220-33, references -- 34. James M. Buchanan and Gordon Tullock (1962), 'A Generalized Economic Theory of Constitutions', in The Calculus of Consent: Logical Foundations of Constitutional Democracy, Part II, Chapter 6, Ann Arbor: MI, USA: University of Michigan Press, 63-84, references -- 35. Franz Böhm (1989),'Rule of Law in a Market Economy', in Alan T. Peacock and Hans Willgerodt (eds), Germany's Social Market Economy: Origins and Evolution, New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 46-67 -- 36. Gilbert W. Nutter (1968), 'Economic Welfare and Welfare Economics', Journal of Economic Issues, 2 (2), 166-72 -- 37. Rutledge Vining (1984), 'Three Main Concepts That Inhere In The Circumstances Cited' and 'Concluding Remarks upon What an Economic System is, and the Problem of Specifying Norms of the Outcome of its Working', in On Appraising the Performance of an Economic System, Chapter 1 and Chapter 6, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 3-33, 170-81, references -- 38. James M. Buchanan (1987), 'The Constitution of Economic Policy', American Economic Review, 77 (3), June, 243-50
    Abstract: 39. Helmut Leipold (1990), 'Neoliberal Ordnungstheorie and Constitutional Economics: A Comparison between Eucken and Buchanan', Constitutional Political Economy, 1 (1), December, 47-65 -- 40. James M. Buchanan (1995), 'Individual Rights, Emergent Social States, and Behavioural Feasibility', Rationality and Society, 7 (2), April, 141-50 -- 41. Viktor J. Vanberg (2005), 'Market and State: The Perspective of Constitutional Political Economy', Journal of Institutional Economics, 1 (1), June, 23-49
    Abstract: This important research literature review discusses some of the most prominent literature in the field of individual choice and economic welfare. It analyses material exploring how economics as a scientific enterprise may inform political decision-making. The premise is explored paradigmatically through different interpretations including utility-individualism in the context of welfare economics, preference-individualism in social choice theory, and choice-individualism in constitutional economics. The review covers the foundational literature as well as contemporary pieces, which have sparked further discussion in the field. This review will be valuable to researchers and scholars alike as well as to all those gravitating towards this fascinating topic
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970105
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 259 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New Horizons in Regional Science series
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: BUSINESS & ECONOMICS Urban & Regional ; Urban economics ; POLITICAL SCIENCE Public Policy ; City Planning & Urban Development ; SOCIAL SCIENCE Disasters & Disaster Relief ; SOCIAL SCIENCE Regional Studies ; Urban & municipal planning ; Social impact of disasters ; Regional studies ; Disasters ; City planning ; Emergency management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Methodology and disaster impact analysis -- 1. Blessing in disguise - long-run benefits of urban disasters / Kamila Borsekova, Peter Nijkamp -- 2. Natural selection: Firm performance following a catastrophic earthquake / Richard Fabling, Arthur Grimes, Levente Timar -- 3. What factors determine the economic strength in a restoration process from extreme large disasters? / Masafumi Morisugi, Kazunori Nakajima, Naoki Sakamoto -- 4. Population change and economic impacts on the affected region: the case of massive earthquakes in Japan / Yoshifumi Ishikawa -- Part II: Case studies on resilience -- 5. An AHP based methodology towards resilient tourism strategies: the Istanbul case / Ebru Seçkin -- 6. Resilience of urban systems in the context of urban transformation: lessons from Beykoz-İstanbul / Tuba Inal Çekiç, Mehmet Doruk Özügül -- 7. Arctic urbanization: resilience in a condition of permanent instability. The case of Russian Arctic cities / Nadezda Zamyatina, Ruslan Goncharov -- Part III: Policy prevention and recovery analysis - simulations and scenario building -- 8. Urban resilience and the politics of scale / Mojgan Taheri Tafti -- 9. Multi-hazard, exposure and vulnerability in Italian municipalities / Francesco Pagliacci And Margherita Russo -- 10. Urban disasters crisis management scenario design and crisis management simulation / Karol Fabián, Lucia Rýsová, Michal Dobrík -- 11. Emerging urban dynamics and labor market change: an agent-based simulation of recovery from a disaster / A. Yair Grinberger, Daniel Felsenstein -- Index.
    Abstract: This book addresses unexpected disasters and shocks in cities and urban systems by providing quantitative and qualitative tools for impact analysis and disaster management. Including environmental catastrophes, political turbulence and economic shocks, Resilience and Urban Disasters explores a large range of tumultuous events and key case studies to thoroughly cover these core areas. Chapters explore novel contributions on urban evolution and adjustment patterns based on studies from across the globe. Both causal mechanisms and policy responses to the high social costs of urban disasters are addressed. In particular, the book explores the socio-economic impacts on urban systems that are subject to disasters, including migration due to large earthquakes in Japan, the economic impact of terrorist attacks in Istanbul and labour market changes as a result of natural disasters in Italy. Urban planning and urban economics scholars will greatly benefit from the multidisciplinary analyses of a variety of case studies in the book. City planners and urban administrators will also find the exploration of potential paths of resilience for cities to be an invaluable tool for future planning
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788973731
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 252 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ferri, Piero, 1942 - Minsky's moment
    RVK:
    Keywords: Minsky, Hyman P. ; Minsky, Hyman P ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Economists ; Recessions ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Minsky, Hyman P. 1919-1996 ; Wirtschaftstheorie
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1: Overview -- Part I: "It" happened again -- 2. The Minsky moment and the economics of Minsky -- 3. A synoptic view of the financial instability hypothesis -- 4. An insider's view -- Part II: Co-Authoring -- 5. Prices, employment and prices -- 6. The breakdown of the IS-LM synthesis: implications for Post-Keynesian economic theory -- 7. Market processes and the thwarting system -- Part III: Deepening the methodology -- 8. Micro and macro in Minsky's models -- 9. The foundations of medium-run dynamics -- 10. New tools for dynamics -- Part IV: Entering the black box -- 11. Drivers, adapters and constraints -- 12. Growth, technical change and unemployment -- 13. Heterogeneity in the labor market -- Part V: The economics of Minsky in a dynamic setting -- 14. The financial instability hypothesis and the great recession -- 15. A meta-model of the financial instability hypothesis -- 16. Final considerations and challenges -- Index.
    Abstract: Based upon his life-long collaboration with Hyman Minsky, Piero Ferri explores and reconsiders Minsky's moments in the aftermath of the 'Great Recession' of 2008. He sets out the analytical and methodological foundations of Minsky's financial instability hypothesis, offering insightful comments from a unique insider's perspective. This book stresses the necessity of including what has been recently discovered about Minsky's financial instability hypothesis into his lifelong research program, in order to obtain a more complete picture of both his vision and his analytical apparatus. It seeks to move beyond a discussion of Minsky's original ideas, to verify how they are capable of meeting the challenges derived from the modern evolution of the economy. Developing a meta-model based on regime switching, Piero Ferri examines how the different financial instability hypotheses can be accounted for. Researchers and advanced students in macroeconomics and finance will greatly benefit from the exploration of how Minsky predicted the 'Great Recession', and why his work is of fundamental relevance today. Economic policy makers will also find this book to be a useful tool in discovering methodological innovations to aid further financial recovery from the 2008 economic crisis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Geneva, Switzerland : International Labour Office | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978071 , 1788978072
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 483 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Towards convergence in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Wirtschaftsindikator ; Sozialer Indikator ; Soziale Lage ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; EU-Sozialrecht ; EU-Sozialpolitik ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Soziale Sicherheit ; EU-Staaten ; European Pillar of Social Rights ; Convergence (Economics) ; European Union countries Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Mitgliedsstaaten ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Sozioökonomischer Wandel ; Institutionenökonomie ; Arbeitsbeziehungen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Convergence in the EU: what role for industrial relations? / Daniel Vaughan-Whitehead and Rosalia Vazquez-Alvarez -- 2. Social convergence of the Baltic states within the enlarged EU: is limited social dialogue an impediment? / Jaan Masso, Vladyslav Soloviov, Kerly Espenberg and Inta Mierina -- 3. Belgium: is strong social concertation a driver of upward social convergence? / Ive Marx -- 4. Is France converging or not?: the role of industrial relations / Pierre Courtioux and Christine Erhel -- 5. Does the German social model support the convergence of living conditions in the EU? / Gerhard Bosch -- 6. Ireland after the Great Recession: convergence or divergence? / Philip J. O'Connell -- 7. Italy: how could industrial relations help a return to economic and social convergence? / Annamaria Simonazzi, Valerio Ciampa and Luca Villamaina -- Case study - Italy and Slovenia: two paths to labour market flexibility and social dialogue / Branko Bembič and Annamaria Simonazzi -- 8. The Netherlands: from convergence to divergence in Europe?: social dialogue and industrial relations in the face of household labour supply / Wiemer Salverda -- 9. Social convergence, development failures and industrial relations: the case of Portugal / Pilar González and António Figueiredo -- 10. Slovenia: social dialogue and social convergence between coordinated and dependent capitalism / Branko Bembič -- 11. Economic and social convergence in Spain: the elusive goal of catching up with the EU / Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo -- 12. Convergence towards better working and living conditions: the crucial role of industrial relations in Sweden / Dominique Anxo -- 13. The United Kingdom's record on economic and social convergence with europe: a pre-Brexit appraisal / Damian Grimshaw -- Index.
    Abstract: The main original aim of the European Union was to promote convergence towards higher economic growth and social standards. However, EU countries have sometimes experienced different trajectories, due in part to their different starting points and the fact that their convergence on particular socio-economic indicators has varied. At the same time, little evidence has so far been presented on cross-country convergence within the EU. This book aims to answer a number of important questions. To what extent have European countries converged or diverged with EU-wide economic and social indicators over the past 20 years? What have been the drivers of convergence? Why do some countries lag behind, while others experience continuous upward convergence? Why are these trajectories not always linear? Particular attention is paid to the role of institutions, actors and industrial relations - focusing on the resources and strategies of governments, employers and trade unions - in nudging EU countries onto an upward convergence path. This book provides a unique analysis of socio-economic indicators to identify convergence trends in the EU. It defines a number of clusters that help to gauge the strengths and weaknesses of national socio-economic models and the European Social Model. Cross-country case studies help to identify the possible impact of global movements (migration, foreign investment) and policies (social protection, social dialogue, employment) on cross-country convergence. This book offers a timely assessment of convergence within the EU, identifying its drivers in the world of work and in institutions and industrial relations. It presents examples of where institutions and industrial relations can change convergence outcomes and proposes a range of useful policy options. Scholars and researchers will find it an invaluable reference for studies of European affairs and social policies
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970020
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 674 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: revised and extended second edition
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of regional growth and development theories
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionalwissenschaft ; Regionales Wachstum ; Regionalentwicklung ; Entwicklung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Regionales Cluster ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Theorie ; Welt ; Economic development ; Regional economics ; Regional economics Econometric models ; Regional economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Regionales Wirtschaftswachstum ; Regionalwirtschaft ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface to the second edition: Novelties and advances / Roberta Capello and Peter Nijkamp -- Part I: Growth theories and space -- 1. Theories of agglomeration and regional economic growth: A historical review / Philip McCann and Frank van Oort -- 2. Space, growth and development: A historical perspective and recent advances / Roberta Capello -- 3. Location/allocation of regional growth / Gunther Maier and Michaela Trippl -- 4. Regional growth and trade in the new economic geography and other recent theories / Kieran P. Donaghy -- 5. Leadership, institutions and regional economic development and growth / Roger Stough -- Part II: Development theories: Regional production factors -- 6. Agglomeration, productivity and regional growth: Production theory approaches / Jeffrey P. Cohen, Cletus C. Coughlin, and Catherine J. Morrison Paul -- 7. Territorial capital and regional development: Theoretical insights and appropriate policies / Roberto Camagni -- 8. Human capital and regional development / Alessandra Faggian, Félix Modrego and Philip McCann -- 9. Infrastructure and regional development / Johannes Bröcker, Dirk Dohse and Piet Rietveld -- 10. The nexus of entrepreneurship and regional development / Manfred M. Fischer and Peter Nijkamp -- 11. Foreign direct investments, global value chains and regional development / Laura Resmini -- Part III: Development theories: Innovation, knowledge and space -- 12. Theories of innovation in space: Path-breaking achievements in regional science / Roberta Capello -- 13. Innovation and space. Achievements and prospects / Camilla Lenzi -- 14. R&D spillovers and regional development/growth / Daria Denti -- 15. Regional development and knowledge / Borje Johansson and Charlie Karlsson -- 16. Territorial development and proximity relations / André Torre -- 17. Sustainable development and regional growth revisited / Amitrajeet A. Batabyal and Peter Nijkamp -- 18. Spatial clusters and regional development / Peter Gordon and Karima Kourtit -- Part IV: Regional growth and development measurement methods -- 19. Measuring agglomeration / Ryohei Nakamura and Catherine J. Morrison Paul -- 20. Investigating endogenous regional performance / Robert J Stimson, William Mitchell, Michael Flanagan, and Alistair Robson -- 21. Spatial-economic disparities and convergence / Stilianos Alexiadis -- 22. Heterogeneous reaction versus interaction in spatial econometric regional growth and convergence models / Julie Le Gallo and Ertur Cem -- 23. CGE modelling in space:a survey / Kieran P. Donaghy -- 24. Modern regional input-output and impact analyses / Jan Oosterhaven, Karen R. Polenske and Geoffrey J. D. Hewings -- Part V: Regional growth and development policies -- 25. Institutions and regional development / T.R. Lakshmanan and Ken J. Button -- 26. Regional policy: Rationale, foundations and measurement of effects / Jouke van Dijk, Henk Folmer and Jan Oosterhaven -- 27. Regional policy models: A review / Ana M. B. Barufi and Eduardo A. Haddad -- 28. Quantitative evaluation techniques for regional policies / Augusto Cerqua and Guido Pellegrini -- 29. The regional adjustment model: An instrument of evidence-based policy / John I. Carruthers and Gordon F. Mulligan -- 30. Economic decline and public intervention: Do special economic zones matter? / Peter Friedrich and Chang Woon Nam -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years, economic crises, regional fragmentation trends, radical technological innovation and the failures of regional policies have expanded the knowledge horizon of experts in regional growth and development. This fully updated, revised and expanded Second Edition contains ten new chapters as well as exploring theories prevalent in the first edition in the face of recent changes in the field. With 30 chapters from leading experts from across the globe, this Handbook looks at new pathways in regional economics, presenting the most cutting-edge theories explaining regional growth and local development. It thoroughly examines recent advances in theories, the normative potentialities that they have and the cross-fertilization of ideas between regional and mainstream economists, providing crucial insights to the topic. This will be an essential source of reference and information for scholars and advanced students of regional science and regional economics. It will also be a useful tool for experts in international institutions researching regional growth
    Description / Table of Contents: Literaturangaben
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9781788976152
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 240 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Transforming industrial policy for the digital age
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Industriepolitik ; Industrie 4.0 ; Strukturwandel ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Welt ; Industrial policy ; Technological innovations Economic aspects ; Organizational change ; Employees Effect of technological innovations on ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Industriepolitik ; Strukturwandel
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Impact of industry 4.0 on manufacturing -- 1. The role of manufacturing versus that services in economic development / Jostein Hauge and Ha-Joon Chang -- 2. The "lightness" of industry 4.0 lead firms: Implications for global value chains / Lukas Brun, Gary Gereffi and James Zhan -- 3. The national innovation system (NIS) and readiness for the fourth industrial revolution: South Korea compared with four European countries / Keun Lee and Jongho Lee -- Part II: Lessons from past industrial policy -- 4. Industry and government in the long-run: The true story of the American model / Marco R. Di Tommaso, Mattia Tassinari and Andrea Ferrannini -- 5. Chinese industrialization, planning, and policies: Local growth and global equilibria / Marco R. Di Tommaso, Chiara Pollio, Elisa Barbieri and Lauretta Rubini -- 6. Long-term challenges of industrial development in Latin America and the Caribbean / Jorge Máttar -- 7. The future of industrial policies in the world: Towards a new manufacturing narrative / Clemente Ruiz Durán -- Part III: Uneven development in times of industrial revolution and need for territorial industrial policy -- 8. Industry 4.0+ challenges to local productive systems and place-based integrated industrial policies / Marco Bellandi, Lisa de Propris and Enrica Santini -- 9. Economic policy in the time of reactionary populism / Michael J. Piore and David W. Skinner -- Index.
    Abstract: Transforming Industrial Policy for the Digital Age argues that digital globalization is inducing deep and productive transformations, making industrial policy necessary in order to reorientate development towards inclusive and more sustainable growth. It demonstrates that industrialization remains an important development process for emerging economies. Featuring contributions by leading scholars, this timely book unpacks the dynamics of 'Industry 4.0', including computer-based algorithms, integration with cloud computing, and the Internet of Things. As existing global value chains take advantage of the new technologies to reorganize production, the contributors explore the implications of new industrial policies, and to what extent they have promoted structural changes that maintain sustainability. This book reflects on the lessons that can be drawn from the history of national industrial policies from across the globe, covering the successes and failures of national policy in promoting industry in response to productive transformations in industrial organization. Insightful and nuanced, this book will benefit scholars of both economics and industrial public policy. International experts and policy-makers will also appreciate this book's critical insight into the transformative shifts in global industrial organization and policies
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9781788116176 , 1788116178
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 300 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Skilled labor mobility and migration
    Keywords: ASEAN ; Arbeitsmigranten ; Fachkräfte ; Arbeitsmobilität ; Produktivitätsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; ASEAN-Staaten ; Economic development ; Skilled labor ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Association of Southeast Asian Nations ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Facharbeiter ; Mobilität
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword -- Preface -- 1. Trends and patterns in intra-ASEAN migration / Aiko Kikkawa and Eric B. Suan -- 2. Skilled migration in the literature: What we know, what we think we know, and why it matters to know the difference / Elisabetta Gentile -- 3. Economic impacts of skilled labor mobility within the ASEAN economic community / Erwin Corong and Angel Aguiar -- 4. Implications of ASEAN economic integration on services: A global computable general equilibrium analysis / Kakali Mukhopadhyay -- 5. Employment effects of removal of restrictions on the movement of natural persons in the ASEAN banking sector / Huong Dinh -- 6. Skills mobility and postsecondary education in the ASEAN economic community / Maki Kato -- 7. Institutionalized costs and international migration patterns / Saibal Kar -- 8. Expanding skilled-worker mobility: Comparing the migration of Indonesian careworkers to Taipei, China and Indonesian nurses and careworkers to Japan / Ratih Pratiwi Anwar -- 9. Will ASEAN mutual recognition arrangements induce skilled workers to move? A case study of the engineering labor market in Thailand / Sasiwimon Warunsiri Paweenawat and Jessica Vechbanyongratana -- 10. Skill flows and the fourth industrial revolution: Future questions and directions for the ASEAN economic community / Anna Fink and Elisabetta Gentile -- Index.
    Abstract: "Regional integration plays an important role in the advance of economic and social development across many parts of the world. Generating growth and expanding markets, it boosts productivity through the exchange of ideas, technologies, and human resources. This book explores the key vision of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN): fostering the free flow of goods, services, investment, and skilled labor in order to establish a globally competitive region with a single market and production base. Bringing together contributions from renowned scholars in their respective fields, this book takes stock of the trends and patterns of skilled labor migration in the ASEAN, examining the existing literature and adding to it with unique insights drawn from original case studies and policy simulations. Identifying the challenges posed by recent significant changes, this book also looks to the future, to identify potential policy responses. The contributions dispel a common assumption that skill mobility is a zero-sum game, and instead contend that it can be mutually beneficial for both sides. With rigorous quantitative analysis this book will be a useful tool for both policy practitioners and policymakers as well as for researchers and students of international development, economics, and Asian studies"--
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788971539
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 368
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of climate resilience and adaptation
    DDC: 363.73874
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Klimapolitik ; Anpassung ; Coping-Strategie ; Welt ; Climatic changes Economic aspects ; Acclimatization Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Klimaänderung ; Umweltökonomie
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Sam Fankhauser (2017), 'Adaptation to Climate Change', Annual Review of Resource Economics, 9, October, 209-30 -- 2. Matthew E. Kahn (2016), 'The Climate Change Adaptation Literature', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 10 (1), Winter, 166-78 -- 3. Robert Mendelsohn (2012), 'The Economics of Adaptation to Climate Change in Developing Countries', Climate Change Economics, 3 (2), August, 1250006-1-21 -- 4. Melissa Dell, Benjamin F. Jones and Benjamin A. Olken (2014), 'What Do We Learn from the Weather? The New Climate-Economy Literature', Journal of Economic Literature, 52 (3), September, 740-98 -- 5. Karen Fisher-Vanden, Ian Sue Wing, Elisa Lanzi and David Popp (2013), 'Modeling Climate Change Feedbacks and Adaptation Responses: Recent Approaches and Shortcomings', Climatic Change, 117 (3), April, 481-95 -- 6. Robert Mendelsohn, William D. Nordhaus and Daigee Shaw (1994), 'The Impact of Global Warming on Agriculture: A Ricardian Analysis', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 753-71 -- 7. S. Niggol Seo and Robert Mendelsohn (2008), 'An Analysis of Crop Choice: Adapting to Climate Change in South American Farms', Ecological Economics, 67 (1), August, 109-16 -- 8. Salvatore Di Falco, Marcella Veronesi and Mahmud Yesuf (2011), 'Does Adaptation to Climate Change Provide Food Security? A Micro-Perspective from Ethiopia', American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 93 (3), April, 829-46 -- 9. Harounan Kazianga and Christopher Udry (2006), 'Consumption Smoothing? Livestock, Insurance and Drought in Rural Burkina Faso', Journal of Development Economics, 79 (2), April, 413-46 -- 10. Marshall Burke and Kyle Emerick (2016), 'Adaptation to Climate Change: Evidence from US Agriculture', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 8 (3), August, 106-40 -- 11. Maximilian Auffhammer and Erin T. Mansur (2014), 'Measuring Climatic Impacts on Energy Consumption: A Review of the Empirical Literature', Energy Economics, 46, November, 522-30 -- 12. Olivier Deschênes and Michael Greenstone (2011), 'Climate Change, Mortality, and Adaptation: Evidence from Annual Fluctuations in Weather in the US', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 3 (4), October, 152-85 -- 13. David Rapson (2014), 'Durable Goods and Long-Run Electricity Demand: Evidence from Air Conditioner Purchase Behavior', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 68 (1), July, 141-60 -- 14. Enrica De Cian, Elisa Lanzi and Roberto Roson (2013), 'Seasonal Temperature Variations and Energy Demand: A Panel Cointegration Analysis for Climate Change Impact Assessment', Climatic Change, 116 (3-4), February, 805-25 -- 15. S. Fankhauser (1995), 'Protection versus Retreat: The Economic Costs of Sea-Level Rise', Environment and Planning A, 27 (2), February, 299-319 -- 16. Paul Kirshen, Kelly Knee and Matthias Ruth (2008), 'Climate Change and Coastal Flooding in Metro Boston: Impacts and Adaptation Strategies', Climatic Change, 90 (4), October, 453-73 -- 17. Robert J. Nicholls, Natasha Marinova, Jason A. Lowe, Sally Brown, Pier Vellinga, Diogo de Gusmão, Jochen Hinkel and Richard S.J. Tol (2011), 'Sea-Level Rise and its Possible Impacts Given a "Beyond 4°C World" in the Twenty-First Century', Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society A, 369 (1934), 13th January, 161-81 -- 18. Luis Maria Abadie, Ibon Galarraga and Elisa Sainz de Murieta (2017), 'Understanding Risks in the Light of Uncertainty: Low-Probability, High-Impact Coastal Events in Cities', Environmental Research Letters, 12 (1), January, 1-7, Addendum 1-5 -- 19. V. Kerry Smith, Jared C. Carbone, Jaren C. Pope, Daniel G. Hallstrom and Michael E. Darden (2006), 'Adjusting to Natural Disasters', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 33 (1-2), September, 37-54
    Abstract: 20. Marcel Fafchamps and Susan Lund (2003), 'Risk-Sharing Networks in Rural Philippines', Journal of Development Economics, 71 (2), August, 261-87 -- 21. Luca Marchiori, Jean-François Maystadt and Ingmar Schumacher (2012), 'The Impact of Weather Anomalies on Migration in Sub- Saharan Africa', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 63 (3), May, 355-74 -- 22. Leah Platt Boustan, Matthew E. Kahn and Paul W. Rhode (2012), 'Moving to Higher Ground: Migration Response to Natural Disasters in the Early Twentieth Century', American Economic Review, 102 (3), May, 238-44 -- 23. Qing Miao and David Popp (2014), 'Necessity as the Mother of Invention: Innovative Responses to Natural Disasters', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 68 (2), September, 280-95 -- 24. Samuel Fankhauser, Joel B. Smith and Richard S.J. Tol (1999), 'Weathering Climate Change: Some Simple Rules to Guide Adaptation Decisions', Ecological Economics, 30 (1), July, 67-78 -- 25. H.-M. Füssel (2007), 'Adaptation Planning for Climate Change: Concepts, Assessment Approaches, and Key Lessons', Sustainability Science, 2 (2), October, 265-75 -- 26. Shardul Agrawala, Francesco Bosello, Carlo Carraro, Kelly De Bruin, Enrica De Cian, Rob Dellink and Elisa Lanzi (2011), 'Plan or React? Analysis of Adaptation Costs and Benefits Using Integrated Assessment Models', Climate Change Economics, 2 (3), 175-208 -- 27. Stéphane Hallegatte (2009), 'Strategies to Adapt to an Uncertain Climate Change', Global Environmental Change, 19 (2), May, 240-47 -- 28. Paul Watkiss, Alistair Hunt, William Blyth and Jillian Dyszynski (2015), 'The Use of New Economic Decision Support Tools for Adaptation Assessment: A Review of Methods and Applications, Towards Guidance on Applicability', Climatic Change, 132 (3), October, 401-16 -- 29. Peter Linquiti and Nicholas Vonortas (2012), 'The Value of Flexibility in Adapting to Climate Change: A Real Options Analysis of Investments in Coastal Defense', Climate Change Economics, 3 (2), 1250008-1-33 -- 30. Nicola Ranger, Tim Reeder and Jason Lowe (2013), 'Addressing "Deep" Uncertainty over Long-Term Climate in Major Infrastructure Projects: Four Innovations of the Thames Estuary 2100 Project', EURO Journal on Decision Processes, 1 (3-4), November, 233-62 -- 31. Suraje Dessai and Mike Hulme (2007), 'Assessing the Robustness of Adaptation Decisions to Climate Change Uncertainties: A Case Study on Water Resources Management in the East of England', Global Environmental Change, 17 (1), February, 59-72 -- 32. Gary Yohe and Richard S.J. Tol (2002), 'Indicators for Social and Economic Coping Capacity - Moving Toward a Working Definition of Adaptive Capacity', Global Environmental Change, 12 (1), April, 25-40 -- 33. Torsten Grothmann and Anthony Patt (2005), 'Adaptive Capacity and Human Cognition: The Process of Individual Adaptation to Climate Change', Global Environmental Change, 15 (3), October, 199-213 -- 34. Russell S. Sobel and Peter T. Leeson (2006), 'Government's Response to Hurricane Katrina: A Public Choice Analysis', Public Choice, 127 (1-2), April, 55-73 -- 35. Peter T. Leeson and Russell S. Sobel (2008), 'Weathering Corruption', Journal of Law and Economics, 51 (4), November, 667-81 -- 36. W. Neil Adger, Suraje Dessai, Marisa Goulden, Mike Hulme, Irene Lorenzoni, Donald R. Nelson, Lars Otto Naess, Johanna Wolf and Anita Wreford (2009), 'Are There Social Limits to Adaptation to Climate Change?', Climatic Change, 93 (3-4), April, 335-54 -- 37. Paul Collier, Gordon Conway and Tony Venables (2008), 'Climate Change and Africa', Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 24 (2), July, 337-53 -- 38. Thomas C. Schelling (1992), 'Some Economics of Global Warming', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 1-14
    Abstract: 39. Matthew E. Kahn (2005), 'The Death Toll from Natural Disasters: The Role of Income, Geography, and Institutions', Review of Economics and Statistics, 87 (2), May, 271-84 -- 40. Samuel Fankhauser and Thomas K.J. McDermott (2014), 'Understanding the Adaptation Deficit: Why Are Poor Countries More Vulnerable to Climate Events than Rich Countries?', Global Environmental Change, 27, July, 9-18 -- 41. Robert W. Kates (2000), 'Cautionary Tales: Adaptation and the Global Poor', Climatic Change, 45 (1), April, 5-17 -- 42. Samuel Fankhauser and David Pearce (2014), 'Financing for Sustainable Development', in Giles Atkinson, Simon Dietz, Eric Neumayer and Matthew Agarwala (eds), Handbook of Sustainable Development, 2nd edn, Chapter 28, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 446-59 -- 43. Joel B. Smith, Thea Dickinson, Joseph D.B. Donahue, Ian Burton, Erik Haites, Richard J.T. Klein and Anand Patwardhan (2011), 'Development and Climate Change Adaptation Funding: Coordination and Integration', Climate Policy: International Financial Support to Address Climate Change, 11 (3), 987-1000 -- 44. Sam Barrett (2013), 'Local Level Climate Justice? Adaptation Finance and Vulnerability Reduction', Global Environmental Change, 23 (6), December, 1819-29 -- 45. Seraina Buob and Gunter Stephan (2013), 'On the Incentive Compatibility of Funding Adaptation', Climate Change Economics, 4 (2), September, 1350005-1-18 -- 46. Karen Pittel and Dirk Rübbelke (2013), 'International Climate Finance and Its Influence on Fairness and Policy', World Economy, 36 (4), April, 419-36.
    Abstract: "Managing climate change requires action on both its causes (reducing emissions) and its consequences (adapting to impacts that can no longer be avoided). Human societies can thrive in many climatic conditions. However, such adaptation is not necessarily smooth, and it cannot be taken for granted. This book synthesises the contribution of economics to the study and practice of climate resilience and adaptation. Including an original introduction by the editor, it brings together in one volume some of the most influential articles by economists on climate change adaptation since the topic became a subject of academic interest"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784717193
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 454 Seiten)
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Froyen, Richard T Optimal Monetary Policy under Uncertainty, Second Edition
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Froyen, Richard T. Optimal monetary policy under uncertainty
    DDC: 332.46015196
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geldpolitik ; Risiko ; Mathematische Optimierung ; Theorie ; Monetary policy Mathematical models ; Uncertainty ; Mathematical optimization ; Mathematical optimization ; Monetary policy ; Mathematical models ; Uncertainty ; Electronic books ; Geldpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Unsicherheit
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I: Imperfect information, responses to shocks, and credibility issues -- 1. Introduction, Part 1 -- 2. A basic model and some early results -- 3. The strategy of monetary policy: Targets, instruments and information variables -- 4. A variable price level, supply shocks and rational expectations -- 5. Optimal monetary and exchange rate policy in the open economy -- 6. Monetary policy credibility -- Part II: Optimal monetary policy: A new Keynesian perspective -- 7. Introduction, Part 2 -- 8. The Phillips curve: An evolving concept -- 9. The forward-looking model: The closed economy -- 10. The forward-looking model: Additional topics -- 11. The forward-looking model: The open economy -- 12. The new Keynesian model: The backward-looking case -- Part III: Research in monetary policy since the global financial crisis -- 13. Introduction, Part 3 -- 14. Money and finance in Keynesian models -- 15. Rethinking stabilization policy -- 16. Financial markets since the crisis: A smorgasbord of issues -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Casting a wide net in this, their second edition, Froyen and Guender provide coverage of the model-based literature on optimal monetary policy in the presence of uncertainty, with both open- and closed-economy frameworks considered. The authors have grounded New Keynesian research of the 1990s and 2000s in the literature of the 1970s, which viewed optimal policy as primarily a question of the optimal use of information, and studies in the 1980s that gave primacy to time inconsistency problems. The Global Financial Crisis of 2007-09 led to the recognition that financial markets and institutions required greater attention in policy modelling. Herein, the authors provide a thorough survey of the post-crisis literature that resulted from this recognition. Researchers in academia and at central banks, students and policy makers will value the wide scope of coverage provided in this examination, leading them to a better understanding of issues such as discretion versus commitment, target versus instrument rules, policy in closed versus open economies and the proper mandate for central banks, including the relationship between interest rate policy and macro-prudential instruments"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9781788112611
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 451 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 333.79
    Keywords: Energy policy ; Energy industries Technological innovations ; Renewable natural resources Research ; Energy development ; Energy industries ; Technological innovations ; Energy policy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The changing role of energy in society -- Part II: Policies and institutions -- 3. Energy policy -- 4. Science and technology innovation -- 5. Energy innovation -- Part III: Technology case studies -- 6. Understanding and measuring energy innovation -- 7. Heat pumps -- 8. Wind energy -- 9. Wave energy -- 10. Building integrated photovoltaics -- 11. Shale gas -- 12. Smart grids -- Part IV: Lessons -- 13. Lessons for effective energy innovation -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book addresses the question: how effective are countries in promoting the innovation needed to facilitate an energy transition? Chapters explore energy policy and institutions, innovation policy in general, as well as energy innovation in key countries, including the US, Germany, the UK, China, Japan and Korea, and the EU. At the heart of Energy Innovation for the 21st Century is a fascinating set of international empirical case studies covering supply and demand side technologies at different levels of maturity. These are set within an analytical framework encompassing the functions of technological innovation systems and innovation metrics. The book explores energy, science and technology policies, contextualising the case studies to aid the assessment of the overall performance of innovation systems. Drawing together lessons for energy innovation policy and institutional design, this book is a much-needed resource for sustainability and innovation scholars and researchers. Policy-makers and practitioners will also benefit from the practical advice offered in this timely volume"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9781788972178
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 217 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Studies in fiscal federalism and state-local finance
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: Studies in fiscal federalism and state-local finance series
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 321.02
    Keywords: Intergovernmental fiscal relations ; Fiscal policy ; Finance, Public ; Federal government ; Political parties ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: Decentralization and parties -- 2: Building the theory: Majoritarian electoral systems and party integration -- 3: Building the theory: Majoritarian electoral systems and non-integrated parties -- 4: Building the theory: Proportional representation and closed party lists -- 5: Building the theory: Proportional representation and open party lists -- 6: Decentralization and integrated parties: Summarizing the models -- 7: Empirically testing the role of political institutions -- 8: Two comparative case studies: Political parties and local governance in nigeria and senegal -- 9: Conclusion: A fine balance -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Scholars and practitioners have long hailed fiscal federalism as a critical tool for improving government services, but it has not always lived up to its promise when applied in specific countries. This book offers both an explanation for such mixed effects and a roadmap for better outcomes in the future. It argues that the benefits of fiscal federalism are contingent on a particular confluence of political institutions, namely democratic decentralization and political party integration. With this in mind, the authors emphasize the importance of striking a "fine balance" between the accountability benefits delivered by empowered local governments and the national coordination necessary for good policy outcomes. Such a balance can be achieved, they contend, when integrated party structures compensate for the potential downsides of a decentralized state. The book formalizes this argument for a variety of electoral democracies and, using new data on subnational political institutions, tests it with models of education, health, and infrastructure service delivery in 135 countries across 30 years. It also presents comparative case studies of Senegal and Nigeria. Academic economists and political scientists will value the book for its contribution to the literature on fiscal federalism and political decentralization, and development practitioners will benefit from its practical solutions to the problems of local governance"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Canberra : ANU Press
    ISBN: 1760463116 , 9781760463113
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (422 p)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Peetz, David The Realities and Futures of Work
    DDC: 331
    Keywords: Employment forecasting ; Manpower planning Forecasting ; Work Forecasting ; Work ; Forecasting ; Manpower planning ; Forecasting ; Employment forecasting ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. The big trends, the big choices -- 2. Globalisation, financialisation and power -- 3. Visions of the future -- 4. Digitalisation and the jobs of the future -- 5. Management, culture and control -- 6. Flexibility, the 'gig economy' and the employment relationship -- 7. Worker voice and collectivism -- 8. Women and segmentation -- 9. Sustainability, ethics and work -- 10. Regulation and the futures of work -- 11. In conclusion -- on realities and futures outside the workplace.
    Abstract: What do we know about the current realities of work and its likely futures? What choices must we make and how will they affect those futures? Many books about the future of work start by talking about the latest technology, and focus on how technology is going to change the way we work. And there is no doubt that technology will have huge impacts. However, to really understand the direction in which work is going, and the impact that technology and other forces will have, we need to first understand where we are. This book covers topics ranging from the 'mega-drivers' of change at work, power, globalisation and financialisation, to management, workers, digitalisation, the gig economy, gender, climate change, regulation and deregulation. In doing this, it refers to some of the great works of science fiction. It demolishes several myths, such as that the employment relationship is doomed, that we are all heading to becoming 'freelancers' or 'gig workers' one day, that most jobs will be destroyed by technological change, that the growth in jobs will mainly be in STEM fields, that we will no longer value collectivism as we will all be 'individuals', or that the death of unionism is inevitable. The Realities and Futures of Work also rejects the idea of technological determinism - that whatever will be, will be, thanks to technological change - and so it refuses to accept that we simply need to prepare to adapt ourselves to the future by judicious training since there is nothing else we can do about it. Instead, this book provides a realistic basis for thinking about both the present and the future. It emphasises the choices we make, and the implications of those choices for the future of work
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Durham : Duke University Press
    ISBN: 9781478092049 , 9781478007319
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 204 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Denmead, Tyler The creative underclass
    DDC: 700.1/03
    Keywords: New Urban Arts (Providence, R.I.) ; Arts and youth ; African American youth Education (Secondary) ; Arts ; Gentrification ; Electronic books ; Providence, RI ; Gentrifizierung ; Jugendkultur ; Kunstförderung
    Abstract: Troublemaking -- The hot mess -- Chillaxing -- Why the creative underclass doesn't get creative-class jobs -- Autoethnography of a "gentrifying force" -- Is this really what white people do in the creative capital?.
    Abstract: "As an undergraduate at Brown University, Tyler Denmead founded New Urban Arts, a nationally recognized arts and humanities program primarily for young people of color in Providence, Rhode Island. Along with its positive impact, New Urban Arts, under his leadership, became entangled in Providence's urban renewal efforts that harmed the very youth it served. As in many deindustrialized cities, Providence's leaders viewed arts, culture, and creativity as means to drive property development and attract young, educated, and affluent white people, such as Denmead, to economically and culturally kickstart the city. In The Creative Underclass, Denmead critically examines how New Urban Arts and similar organizations can become enmeshed in circumstances where young people, including himself, become visible once the city can leverage their creativity to benefit economic revitalization and gentrification. He points to the creative cultural practices that young people of color from low-income communities use to resist their subjectification as members of an underclass which, along with redistributive economic policies can be deployed as an effective means with which to both to oppose gentrification and better serve the youth who have become emblematic of urban creativity." -- Provided by publisher
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    ISBN: 9781478005674 , 147800567X
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (xii, 228 pages)
    Edition: Electronic reproduction. [Place of publication not identified]: HathiTrust Digital Library. 2019.
    Parallel Title: Print version: Freeman, Elizabeth, 1966- Beside you in time.
    DDC: 306.7601
    Keywords: 1800-1899 ; Time Social aspects 19th century. ; History ; Homosexuality Social aspects 19th century. ; History ; Time perception in literature. ; Human body in literature. ; American literature African American authors 19th century ; History and criticism. ; Literature and society History 19th century. ; Queer theory. ; Temps Aspect social 19e siècle. ; Histoire ; Homosexualité Aspect social 19e siècle. ; Histoire ; Perception du temps dans la littérature. ; Corps humain dans la littérature. ; Littérature et société Histoire 19e siècle. ; Théorie queer. ; LITERARY CRITICISM Semiotics & Theory. ; American literature African American authors. ; Homosexuality Social aspects. ; Human body in literature. ; Literature and society. ; Queer theory. ; Time perception in literature. ; Time Social aspects. ; United States. ; Electronic books. ; Criticism, interpretation, etc. ; History. ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Elizabeth Freeman expands bipolitical and queer theory by outlining a temporal view of the long nineteenth century and showing how time became a social and sensory means by which people resisted disciplinary regimes and assembled into groups in ways that created new forms of sociality.
    Description / Table of Contents: Shake it off : the physiopolitics of Shaker dance, 1774-1856 -- The gift of constant escape : playing dead in African American literature, 1849-1900 -- Feeling historicisms : libidinal history in Twain and Hopkins -- The sense of unending : defective chronicity in "Bartleby, the scrivener" and "Melanctha" -- Sacra/mentality in Djuna Barnes's Nightwood.
    Note: Master and use copy. Digital master created according to Benchmark for Faithful Digital Reproductions of Monographs and Serials, Version 1. Digital Library Federation, December 2002.
    URL: JSTOR
    URL: OAPEN
    URL: University of Alberta Access  ((Unlimited Concurrent Users))
    URL: University of Alberta Access  ((Unlimited Concurrent Users))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Pluto Press
    ISBN: 9781786803931
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (165 pages)
    Edition: 1st ed.
    Parallel Title: Print version Bloom, Peter Monitored : Business and Surveillance in a Time of Big Data
    DDC: 382.3
    Keywords: Big data-Social aspects ; Corporations-Corrupt practices ; Corporations-Political activity ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The corporate world is watching us, but why does no one watch them?.
    Abstract: Cover -- Title -- Copyright -- Contents -- Acknowledgements -- Preface: Completely Monitored -- 1. Monitored Subjects, Unaccountable Capitalism -- 2. The Growing Threat of Digital Control -- 3. Surveilling Ourselves -- 4. Smart Realities -- 5. Digital Salvation -- 6. Planning Your Life at the End of History -- 7. Totalitarianism 4.0 -- 8. The Revolution Will Not Be Monitored -- Notes -- Index.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London, England : I.B. Tauris | [London, England] : Bloomsbury Publishing
    ISBN: 0857737376 , 1780764588 , 9780755694334 , 9780857737373 , 9781780764580 , 9780857724816
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 pages)
    Edition: First edition
    Edition: Also available in print
    Series Statement: International library of historical studies 90
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 303.37509
    Keywords: Propaganda History 20th century ; Propaganda History 21st century ; Mass media and propaganda History 20th century ; Mass media and propaganda History 21st century ; Psychological warfare History 20th century ; Psychological warfare History 21st century ; Propaganda ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 10 Strategy, Influence, Strategic Communication and British Military Doctrine11 Bridging the Firewall? Information Operations and US Military Doctrine in the Battles of Fallujah; Part VI Contemporary Modes of Propaganda and the War on Terrorism; 12 (Mis)Communication Wars: Terrorism, Counter-terrorism and the Media; 13 WikiLeaks and Cybersecurity: New Modes of Propaganda; 14 'Telling it like it is': Contemporary War, Propaganda, Media and the State; Notes; Select Bibliography.
    Abstract: 4 'War' versus 'Cultural' Propaganda: Institutional and Ideological Tensions over the Projection of Britain during the Second World War5 'Today Germany, Tomorrow the World': Nazi Propaganda and Total War, 1943-45; Part IV Cold War and Post Cold War; 6 The Tragedy of American Public Diplomacy, 1989-1999: The Last Decade of the United States Information Agency Reconsidered; 7 Radio Free Asia and China's Harmonious Society; 8 NATO and Information Warfare; Part V Strategic Communications; 9 Strategic Communications and the Combatant Commander.
    Abstract: As Philip Taylor has written, 'The challenge (of the modern information age) is to ensure that no single propaganda source gains monopoly over the information and images that shape our thoughts. If this happens, the war propagandists will be back in business again.'Propaganda came of age in the Twentieth Century. The development of mass- and multi-media offered a fertile ground for propaganda while global conflict provided the impetus needed for its growth. Propaganda has however become a portmanteau word, which can be interpreted in a number of different ways. What are the characteristic feat
    Abstract: Cover; About the Author; Title Page; Copyright Page; Dedication Page; Contents; List of Illustrations; Notes on Contributors; Part I Introduction; 'Opening Pandora's Box': Propaganda, Power and Persuasion; Part II The Great War; 1 Propaganda, Memory and Identity: The Battle of the Falkland Islands, December 1914; 2 Images of the Hun: The Portrayal of the German Enemy in British Propaganda in World War I; Part III Interwar Period and the Second World War; 3 George Arliss: The Superstar as Propagandist -- British Propaganda in the Interwar Period.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (pages 251-252) and index , Also available in print. , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783030037390
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 124 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Social Sciences
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Keywords: Social sciences Methodology ; Social Theory ; Social sciences-Philosophy ; Sociology-Research ; Social sciences-Philosophy ; Sociology-Research ; Social sciences Methodology ; Sociology. ; Culture. ; Identity (Philosophical concept) ; POLITICAL SCIENCE ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Social institutions ; Public Policy ; Anthropology ; Popular Culture ; Cultural Policy ; Cultural ; Social structure ; Sociolinguistics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Employing three methods of assessing meaning, this book demonstrates that the thousands of human identities in English coalesce into groups that are recognizable as role sets in the contemporary social institutions of economy, kinship, religion, polity, law, education, medicine, sport, and arts. After establishing a theoretical and a methodological framework for his empirical work, David Heise presents the results obtained when meanings are assessed via dictionary definitions, collocates, and word associations. A close comparison of the results reveals that similar outcomes are obtained through each of these three different approaches of defining meaning. The final chapter summarizes the study, considers the benefits and limitations of studying society via language, and applies the results to describing how individuals operate social institutions via their daily social interactions. Aspects of this book will be of interest to social psychologists, sociologists, and linguists
    Abstract: Chapter 1. Language and Social Institutions -- Chapter 2. Analyzing Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 3. Dictionary Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 4. Contextual Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 5. Associative Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 6. Types of Meaning Compared -- Chapter 7. Meanings and Institutional Domains
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9783030007980
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 390 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 300.1
    Keywords: Social sciences-Philosophy ; Emotions ; Globalization ; Manners and customs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part One: The Book -- 1. Informalisation: An Introduction; Cas Wouters -- 2. Informalisation and Evolution: Four Phases in the Development of Steering Codes; Cas Wouters -- 3. Informalisation and Emancipation of Lust and Love: Integration of Sexualisation and Eroticisation Since the 1880s; Cas Wouters -- 4. Informalisation of Rituals in Dying and Mourning: Changes in the We-I Balance; Cas Wouters -- 5. Informalisation, Functional Democratisation and Globalisation; Cas Wouters -- 6. Universally Applicable Criteria for Analysing Social and Psychic Processes: Nine Tension Balances, One Triad; Cas Wouters -- Part Two: The Selection -- 7. Informalisation Through the Lens: Black & White and the Development of Photography as Art; Jonathan Fletcher -- 8 -- Informalisation and Brutalisation: Jihadism as a Part-Process of Global of Integration and Disintegration Processes; Michael Dunning -- 9. Informalisation and Sport: The Case of Jogging/Running in the USA (1960-2000); Raúl Sánchez-García -- 10. Informalisation and Integration Conflicts: The Two-Faced Reception of Migrants in the Netherlands; Arjan Post -- 11. Formalisation and Informalisation of Meeting Manners; Wilbert van Vree -- 12. Informalisation Sociological Theory and Social Diagnosis; Richard Kilminster
    Abstract: Over the last century and a half, manners and formalities in the West have become less status-ridden, stiff and rigid. Debates around Norbert Elias’ theory of civilising processes gave rise to questions of a change in direction of these patterns. The concept of informalisation, which describes these transformations, was first used to analyse the tumultuous changes of the 1960s and 1970s. This increasing informality, leniency and flexibility, comes hand-in-hand with a growing demand on individuals to self-regulate their emotions. This book will stimulate debate around the changes in the standards of manners and emotion regulation, and will generate new avenues of enquiry that focus on issues involving informalisation. The chapters shed light on a variety of such moral and political issues over the last 150 years, offering a new and broader scope on the present social condition of humanity. Civilisation and Informalisation will be an important addition for students and scholars of figurational process sociology, and of broader interest to academics across sociology, social psychology and social history
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789811327780
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (230 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Intro -- Acknowledgement -- Contents -- Contributors -- Abbreviations -- Chapter 1: The State, Transborder Movements, and Deterritorialised Identity in South Asia -- Introduction -- The States in South Asia -- Transborder Movements in South Asia -- Territoriality and Deterritorialised Identity -- Transborder Mobility, Borders and Citizenship Dilemmas -- Everyday State and Statelessness -- The Making and (Un)Making of Borders -- Migration in South Asia -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Part I: Transborder Mobility, Borders, and Citizenship Dilemmas -- Chapter 2: Borders, Citizenship and the Subaltern in South Asia -- Introduction -- Borders, Bordering and Post-colonial Citizenship -- Historical Origins, Heritages and Lineages -- Movements, Reversals and Erosions -- Post-colonial Citizenship Unbound: The New Subaltern -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Chapter 3: Citizenship and Membership: Placing Refugees in India -- Introduction -- Contextualising the Idea of Camps -- Making Citizens: A View from Within -- Rights and Citizenship: The Case of India -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Chapter 4: Culture of Migration: State-Society Relations and Transborder Mobility in Northern Sri Lanka -- Introduction -- Colonialism and State Formation -- Migration from Jaffna: A Historical Perspective -- The Nationalist State: From Educational to Forced Migration -- Diaspora Formation, the LTTE and Experiments with Stateness -- Diaspora and the LTTE State-Building Project -- The Militarised State: Reconciliation as a Way Forward? -- Conclusion -- References -- Part II: Everyday State and Statelessness -- Chapter 5: The State, Vulnerability, and Transborder Movements: The Rohingya People in Myanmar and Bangladesh -- Introduction -- Rohingyas: Identity and the Genesis of Crisis -- The State Accelerates "Transborder Movement" -- The State Produces Vulnerability.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9783030049812
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (233 pages)
    Series Statement: Second Language Learning and Teaching Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contacts and contrasts in cultures and languages
    DDC: 306.44
    Keywords: Language and culture ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- About the Editor -- Introducing Contacts and Contrasts in Languages and Cultures -- Communication and Conceptual Systems -- 1 I Am Not a Gobi Girl! Observations on Cultural Similarities and Differences Based on Four Years of Fulbright Fellowships in Poland, Latvia, and Outer Mongolia -- Abstract -- 1 Context -- 2 Similarities -- 3 Differences -- References -- 2 Meaning, Perception, and Culture in International Business Discourse: A Theoretical Perspective of Potential Conflicts -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Meaning -- 3 Culture -- 4 Perception -- 5 Identity -- 6 Relationships -- 7 Conflicts -- 8 Intercultural Communication Competence and Conflict Resolution -- 9 Conclusion -- References -- 3 Expressing Modality in Commercial Agreements and Contracts-An Analysis of Polish-English Parallel Texts -- Abstract -- 1 Legal Language and Its Persuasive Function -- 2 (Selected) English Modal Verbs and Their General Meaning -- 3 Grammatical Rules Applied in Polish and English Legal Language-A Brief Review -- 4 Expressing Modality in Parallel Polish and English Contracts and Agreements-The Research -- 5 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Culture Diversity in G. Hofstede's Model with Reference to English-Arabic Proverbs -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Culture Concept -- 3 National Culture -- 4 Dimensions of National Culture -- 4.1 The Power Distance Dimension -- 4.2 Uncertainty Avoidance -- 4.3 Individualism-Collectivism -- 4.4 Masculinity-Femininity -- 4.5 Long-Term Versus Short-Term Orientation -- 5 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Ernest Hemingway's "Mr. and Mrs. Elliot": A Case of Inversion of the Romantic Philosophy of Love -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Narratology -- 3 Cognitive Poetics -- 4 The Romantic Philosophy of Love -- 5 "Mr. and Mrs. Elliot" as a Narrative of a Failed Romantic Union -- 5.1 Disunity.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    ISBN: 9783030178833
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (155 pages)
    Series Statement: Numanities - Arts and Humanities in Progress Ser. v.9
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302.2
    Keywords: Intercultural communication-Cross-cultural studies.. ; Communication and culture ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Preface -- References -- Acknowledgements -- Praise for Multiculturalism as Multimodal Communication -- Contents -- 1 Multiculturalist Discourse and Theory -- 1.1 Multiculturalism -- 1.2 The Cultural Separatism of Multiculturalism: Where Does Liverpool Street End and Hackney Begin? -- 1.3 The Clash Between Empirical Research and Theoretical Conservatism: The Acculturation Model -- 1.4 A Biosemiotic Notion of Plurality -- 1.5 Criticism of Culturalism-Based Multiculturalism -- References -- 2 Cultural Relativism and Politics of Recognition -- 2.1 Différance and Identity -- 2.2 Text or Model Semiotics -- 2.3 The Anti-cosmopolitan Argument in Structural Semiotics -- References -- 3 Semiotics and Multiculturalism -- 3.1 Cultural Relativism and the Roots of Culturalism in the Linguistic Turn -- 3.2 An Example of Glottocentric Culturalism: The Case of Lithuania -- 3.3 The Monocultural Pluralism of Culturalism -- References -- 4 Language, Culture and Pluralism -- 4.1 Pragmatic Concepts of Pluralism -- 4.2 Peirce's Semiotic Pragmaticism and Triadism as Pluralism -- 4.3 Language and Culture Parallelism -- References -- 5 Biosemiotic Multiculturalism -- 5.1 Peirce and Biosemiotics: Culture in View of Modelling -- 5.2 The Symbolic Species Debate and Its Consequences for Multiculturalism -- 5.3 Peircean Categories and Evolution -- References -- 6 An Embodied Approach to Intercultural Communication -- 6.1 Semiotic Body, Semiotic Text and Semiotic Culture -- 6.2 Dualism and Monomodality -- 6.3 Double Articulation: Linguistic Cartesianism -- 6.4 Double Articulation in Semiotics -- 6.5 Text as Multimodal Presence -- 6.6 Ecosemiotics as a Digital Media Theory -- 6.7 A Biosemiotic Account of Typography -- 6.8 Writing as Scaffolding -- References.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Wiesbaden : Springer Vieweg. in Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden GmbH
    ISBN: 9783658266578
    Language: German
    Pages: 1 online resource (343 pages)
    Series Statement: Europäische Kulturen in der Wirtschaftskommunikation Ser. v.32
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Communication-Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Intro -- Inhalt -- 1 Einleitung -- Literatur -- I Geschichte werblicher Kommunikation -- 2 Research for the Mad Men - Herta Herzog als Klassikerin der Medienforschung und Werbepraxis -- 1. Spurensuche -- 2. Wer war Herta Herzog? -- 3. Warum Herta Herzog heute noch eine Inspiration für die Marktforschung ist -- 4. Insight 1: Sei flexibel und nutze die Chance! -- 5. Insight 2: Es gibt keine guten oder schlechten Methoden! -- 6. Insight 3: Strategie ist mehr als Pappentragen! -- 7. Insight 4: Strategic planning starts with an Insight! -- 8. Insight 5: Die besten Erkenntnisse sind einfach! -- 9. Insight 6: Marketing ist keine Wissenschaft, braucht aber einen guten Draht zu Wissenschaftlern -- 10. Ein Klassiker der Marktforschung -- Literatur -- 3 Werbeformate mit Geschichte - von den frühen Anzeigenblättern zu murals in Frankreich und Italien -- 1. Zu den Anfängen der Werbung: Anzeigenblätter und Plakatwerbung in Frankreich und Italien -- 1.1 Anzeigenblätter -- 1.2 Frühe Plakatwerbung in Frankreich -- 2. Frühe TV-Werbung in Italien: das Werbeformat Carosello -- 3. Reizüberflutung: Werbung „auf allen Kanälen" gestern und heute -- Literatur -- 4 „Das Dreirad im Showroom": Historische Markenkommunikation von Mercedes-Benz Classic -- 1. Die Geschichte der Markenkommunikation bei Mercedes Benz -- 2. Von der Geschichte der Markenkommunikation zur historischen Markenkommunikation -- Literatur -- 5 Diachrone Konstanz und Varianz in der Markenkommunikation -- 1. Einleitung -- 2. Dualität der Wirklichkeiten -- 3. Landeskulturen und Markenkulturen -- 4. Fallbeispiel 1: Markenerweiterung -- 5. Fallbeispiel 2: Markenverjüngung -- 6. Fazit -- Literatur -- 6 The consistency of marketing in the target group approach of watch companies: A comparative analysis of Rolex and Swatch image advertisements through the decades -- 1. Introduction.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9783030142414
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (116 pages)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 305.235096
    Keywords: Youth-Africa ; Youth-Africa ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Preface -- Contents -- 1 Introduction -- How Are Our Youth Doing? -- The Field of Youth QoL and Measurement Approaches -- Universal Versus Locally-Grounded Measurement -- The Role of Qualitative Methods -- Methodology and Data -- Overview of The Book -- Conclusion -- References -- 2 Youth in Sub-Saharan Africa -- Introduction -- Conceptualising Youth -- Characteristics of Youth in Sub-Saharan Africa -- Youth Agency and Inclusion -- Economic Opportunity for Youth -- Social Relationships and Educational Opportunity -- Inclusion and Political Participation -- Youth in Nigeria -- Being a University Student in Nigeria -- Conclusion -- References -- 3 Conceptualising Youth Quality of Life -- Introduction -- How QoL is Defined -- Goals and Quality of Life -- Goal Content -- The Gap Approach -- QoL as Progress Towards Goal Achievement -- Conclusion -- References -- 4 Measures of Quality of Life -- Introduction -- Unweighted QoL Measures -- Satisfaction with Life Scale (SWLS) -- Multidimensional Student Life Satisfaction Scale (MSLSS) Adolescent Version -- Personal Wellbeing Index -- Weighted QoL Measures -- Quality of Life Profile-Adolescent Version (QOLPAV) -- Wellbeing in Developing Countries QoL (WEDQOL) Measure -- Limitations of Internationally Utilised Measures -- Conclusion -- References -- 5 The Role of Qualitative Methods in Youth QoL Research -- Introduction -- Process of Item Selection for New Measures -- Qualitative Methodology in QoL Measure Development -- Qualitative Validation -- Cognitive Debriefing -- Member Checking -- Conclusion -- References -- 6 Exploring Goals as Items for the SQOLS Measure -- Introduction -- Content of Young People's Goals -- Becoming Somebody (Achievement) -- To Make It in Life (Material) -- Becoming a Voice (Social Status) -- Having Valuable Relationships (Relationships).
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9781137439444
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (338 pages)
    Series Statement: Global culture and sport
    Series Statement: Global Culture and Sport Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.483
    Keywords: Sports and globalization ; Sports and globalization ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Acknowledgments -- Contents -- Part I: The Long Narrative of Sport-for-Good -- 1: Introduction: Theorizing the History of Sport-for-Development -- 2: Model Men -- Introduction -- The Context of Development -- Sport and the Imperial Project -- The Beginnings of Sport's Model Men -- Tom Brown's School Days, Thomas Hughes, and the Development of Muscular Christians -- Exporting Sport -- Missionaries and Sport: Disciplining Bodies, Cultivating Christians -- Conclusion -- 3: Institutionalizing and Internationalizing Sport-for-Good -- Introduction -- The Context of Development -- Sport-for-Good in the Age of Progress -- Physical Work at Home: The YMCA in North America -- Sport, Protestantism, and American Organizations Abroad: The YMCA Goes International -- Play with a Purpose: Beyond the YMCA -- Resistance and Persistence -- Purposeful Recreation for Women and Girls -- The Persistence of Imperial Attitudes Toward Sport -- Assertions of Local Resistance -- From Rational Recreation to Organized Sport -- Elwood Brown, Sport in the Philippines, and the Far East Championship Games -- The IOC and the Spread of Sport -- Conclusion -- 4: Sport, Development, and the Cold War -- Introduction -- The Context of Development -- Delivering Aid Through Sport in a Cold War Climate -- Sport, the State, and US Development Aid -- Sport, Aid, and the Soviet Union -- Beyond the Superpowers, Beyond the Cold War -- The Best of Intentions? 1960s Western Volunteer Service Organizations, Sport, and Development -- Conclusion -- 5: Anti-Colonialism and the Decolonization of Sport Development -- Introduction -- The Context of Development -- The Limits of Modernization -- Third World-Led Initiatives -- Anti-Colonial Initiatives in Sport -- Reframing Western Sport: The International Olympic Aid Commission (IOAC).
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Wiesbaden : Springer Vieweg. in Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden GmbH
    ISBN: 9783658260248
    Language: German
    Pages: 1 online resource (131 pages)
    Series Statement: Dortmunder Beiträge Zur Sozialforschung Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 305.26
    Keywords: Older people ; Older people ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Intro -- Geleitwort -- Dankesworte -- Vorwort -- Inhalt -- Verzeichnis der Abbildungen und Tabellen -- 1 Einleitung -- Interesse an der Hochaltrigkeit -- Hochaltrigkeit in der Türkei -- Ziel dieser Arbeit -- 2 Dimensionen der Hochaltrigkeit -- Zum Konzept „erfolgreiches Altern" -- Der sozialwissenschaftliche Begriff der Anpassung -- Der gerontologische Begriff der Anpassung -- Der Anpassungsbegriff in der Sozialen Gerontologie -- Sozialgerontologische Alternstheorien -- Aktivitätstheorie -- Disengagement -- Kontinuität -- Kognitive Repräsentanz -- Weitere gerontologische Theorien im Überblick -- 3 Entwicklung der Forschungshypothese -- Notwendigkeit einer vom Lebensalter unabhängigen Betrachtung -- Definitionen der Untersuchung -- Allgemeine Lebenszufriedenheit -- Die wichtigsten Lebensbereiche der Hochaltrigkeit -- Eigene Kontinuitätshypothese -- Gründe für die Kontinuitätshypothese in der Türkei -- Determinanten des „erfolgreichen Alterns" -- „Erfolgreiches Altern" -- Indikatoren des „erfolgreichen Alterns" -- Organismus -- Psyche -- Soziale Umwelt -- Kontinuität der Aktivitäten -- Physische Umwelt -- Methodologische Fragen -- Vorbereitung der Interviewer -- Auswahl der Stichprobe und ihre Beschreibung -- 4 Befunde -- Gesundheit -- Selbständigkeit im Alltag -- Subjektive Gesundheitszufriedenheit -- Selbstbild -- Einsamkeitsgefühl -- Die Langeweile -- Angstgefühl -- Kontinuität der familialen Beziehungen -- Kontinuität des Umfangs der sozialen Beziehungen -- Verlust einer nahestehenden Person -- Kontinuität der Aktivitäten -- Kontinuität des Wohnorts -- Wohnung: Eigentum oder Miete? -- Die Struktur des Haushalts -- Zufriedenheit mit den Wohnverhältnissen -- Schichtzugehörigkeit -- Alltagsaktivitäten -- Allgemeine Lebenszufriedenheit -- „Erfolgreiches Altern" -- Gesundheitsindex -- Psyche-Index -- Selbstbild-Index -- Beziehungsindex.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9783658256982
    Language: German
    Pages: XIV, 272 Seiten , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Globale Gesellschaft und internationale Beziehungen
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bauersachs, Hannah Wandlungsprozesse in der deutschen Auswärtigen Kulturpolitik
    Dissertation note: Dissertation Universität zu Köln 20185070 !1756131678!
    DDC: 306.0943
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auswärtige Kulturpolitik ; Public Diplomacy ; Soft Power ; Wandel ; Außenpolitik ; Normativität ; Außenwirtschaft ; Einflussgröße ; Politisches Interesse ; Fallstudie ; Aktionsplan ; Kampagne ; Politische Theorie ; Modell ; Empirische Sozialforschung ; Germany-Cultural policy ; Germany-Foreign relations ; International relations ; Electronic books ; Deutschland ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Deutschland ; Auswärtige Kulturpolitik ; Public Diplomacy ; Deutschlandjahr ; Deutschland ; Deutschlandjahr ; Auswärtige Kulturpolitik ; Public Diplomacy ; Spanien ; Auswärtige Kulturpolitik ; Deutschland
    Abstract: Intro -- Danksagung -- Inhalt -- Abbildungsverzeichnis -- Abkürzungsverzeichnis -- 1 Einleitung: Deutsche Auswärtige Kulturpolitik im Spannungsfeld zwischen alten Idealen und neuen Herausforderungen -- 1.1 Zielsetzung und These -- 1.2 Aufbau und Vorgehensweise -- 1.3 Stand der Forschung -- 1.4 Grundlegende Begrifflichkeiten und Abgrenzungen -- 1.4.1 Paradigmenwechsel -- 1.4.2 Kultur -- 1.4.3 Image -- Teil 1 Grundlagen in Theorie und Praxis -- 2 Theoretische Grundlagen -- 2.1 Soft Power -- 2.1.1 Soft Power und IB-Theorie -- 2.1.1.1 (Neo-)Realismus -- 2.1.1.2 Neoliberaler Institutionalismus -- 2.2 Public Diplomacy -- 2.2.1 Definition -- 2.2.2 Umsetzung von Public Diplomacy: Drei zentrale Konzepte im Vergleich -- 2.2.2.1 PR für Staaten (Michael Kunczik, 1989) -- 2.2.2.2 Dualistisches Modell (Benno Signitzer, 1995/1998) -- 2.2.2.3 Dreidimensionales Public Diplomacy-Modell (Mark Leonard/Joseph Nye, 2002/2004) -- 2.2.2.4 Public-Diplomacy-Modelle im Vergleich -- 2.2.3 Cultural Diplomacy -- 2.2.3.1 Cultural Diplomacy gleich Auswärtige Kulturpolitik? -- 2.3 Nation Branding -- 2.3.1 Abgrenzung und Definition -- 2.3.2 Competitive Identity -- 2.4 Exkurs: Marke Deutschland -- 2.5 Resümee: Theorien und Konzepte rund um die Deutschlandjahre -- 3 Deutsche Auswärtige Kulturpolitik -- 3.1 Historische Entwicklung: Vom Kaiserreich bis zur Wiedervereinigung -- 3.1.1 In den Kinderschuhen: Auswärtige Kulturpolitik im Kaiserreich (1871-1914) -- 3.1.2 Neue Sachlichkeit in der Weimarer Republik (1918-1933) -- 3.1.3 Kulturimperialismus und Propaganda: Auswärtige Kulturpolitik im Nationalsozialismus (1933-1945) -- 3.1.4 Auf zu neuen Ufern? Außenkulturpolitik in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (1945-1998) -- 3.2 Aktuelle Herausforderungen: Von der Konzeption 2000 bis zur Konzeption 2011 (1998-2012) -- 3.3 Struktur und Akteure -- 3.3.1 Bundesregierung und Bundestag.
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 265-272
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...